Home

TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01.02.book

1. UR RecordGraph H 0 x File Yiew Graph Measure Scale Options Help sle Zoom X Axis zs nn lA z va ME E S koef Zom As alal Ela x eelle z tle a A H e e E bank 8 r19851 9911 Zoom Axis Ctrl bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr High Speed Channels Zoom Y Axis Ctrl 125 El Analog A PTA Undo Zoom AV PTIY2 Reset Zoom Ctrl R 53 47 781441 Ay PTIV3 100 75 50 l 25 50 75 100 125 Second 0 20 0 00 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 4 Du Timeline Change Y axis to a desired minimum and maximum value Scale Secondary 4 Figure 10 42 Change Scale Y Axis Change Y axis to a desired minimum and maximum value using the dialog box to set the new values If the manual scale option is checked the y axis is not rescaled to new data values the trace is displayed within the selected range You can set the desired scaling save the options in the template and recall the template for other recordings see Templates on page 10 56 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 25 10 Graphing Records Options Menus Options gt Calculate Derived Channels Now Use this option to calculate the derived channels and append to the record as virtual channels For TESLA LITE records the data is written back to the orig inal record
2. y le Operating fy la Restraint 50 y Ib Restraint y le Restraint E External 75 Summation m PTI V3 ri ony creo corresponding 100 to X 8 oe 125 i Seconds 0 000 0 020 pow cos 0 080 0100 0120 0140 0160 0180 S E s J s al P A 0 0308 s FU Timeline Aj Overlay Set Clear Markers X and O on all graphs in the active view If the Markers are out of range double click on the time axis t Scale Secondary Ui Figure 10 32 Markers Set or clear markers X and O on all graphs in the active view If the markers are out of range double click the time axis to bring them back into the view When markers are placed depending on the type of measurements option readouts appear on the right hand side as shown corresponding to the positions of X and O markers In case of multiple traces the readout refers to the current ly active selected trace D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 19 10 Graphing Records 10 20 Measure gt CrossHair UM RecordGraph Ji loj x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help aa aja lt Defait gt z kj Of d amp Ela z X alele ea a ATENI tjej oe FE 5 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr El High Speed Channels 125 El Analog PT1 4 100 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr A PTIVI ST VITAL A PTIV2 1999 Nov401 04 59 47 781441 Time 0 0936 Amplitude 98 9382 A PTINS SUB EAST A CTIJAHS
3. np2 51 Alarm Icon with no changes Adnp350L51 High in the digital status elnp3 50LS 2 High A lnp3 50BF 1 Trip m Ainpi SOBF 2 Trip A lnp3 50BF 2 Trip A lnp3 50 Trip A lnp3 51 Alarm Anp3 51 Trip Alnp4 50L5 1 High E A lnp4 50L5 2 High SAE l l A lnp4 50BF 1 Trip 0 20 010 odo na Tai a A Inp4 50BF 2 Trip s ki AlInp4 50 Trip A lnp4 51 Alarm zi FU Timeline RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 025 BPR 2002 04 19 10 54 02 025 A Input 1 SOBF 1 Trip Scale Secondary Figure 10 105 Digital Channel Status Indicator 10 13 IRIG B Input Status IRIG B input status synchronized unsynchronized or not available is dis played in the tool tip window when you place the mouse on the channel name or use Active Trace Information Peles File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Be E S lt detaut z kj ij alal Ea x elelee Bl tld a Al HN e el FE s RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 RELAWID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 025 BPR 2002 04 19 10 54 02 025 Alnput1 SOBF 1 Trip High Speed Channels H Analog S External IRIG B status indicator AEI Spare 1 AEI Spare 2 AEI Spare 3 AEI Spare 4 m A Inp2 SOBF 2 Tri AE Spare 5 3 AFIS 5 Device BPRO 8701 000000 02 Pet pane ui RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 025 BPR AEI Spare 7 nn A lnp2 5OBF 2 Trip AEI Spare 8 000 s AEI Spare 9 400
4. EN C Program Files APT datat TESLA Demo Unit Records i m oj x File Edit view Favorites Tools Help Back v amp t i Search G4 Folders 4 B OS X w EJ Address C Program Files APT data TESLA Demo Unit Records v e Go Folders x Name wo Size Type Soe i recorddemof Bate File Access 97 Runtime a recordemol bodo Add Record Accessories Scan for Viruses i R Export Adobe Open With E APT cD Add to Zip 4 B PRO Settings t Add to recorddemo2 zip data t zip and E Mail recorddemg ae boj ke end To h 1 C Configs brings up the context menu Ol Records Cut with the RecordBase View HEC F PRO Offliner Settings Copy item HelpDocs i i ia Create Shortcut CE L PRO Settings Delajo Product Update aca E RecordBase Server NU RecordBase View Properties E RecordGraph FE TESLA Control Panel s T PRO OFfliner Settings Caere BE i Common Files _ ComPlus Applications Figure 10 3 Launching RecordGraph from Windows Explorer D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 3 10 Graphing Records RecordGraph e Main menu items Components Tool bar buttons e A drop down box lists the templates associated with the current record s IED A left hand side pane LHS or tree view lists the names of records to be displayed or analysed e A right hand side pane RHS displays the graphs in various views Initially a single blank screen appears e A right click context menu on b
5. Figure 8 21 Fault Locator Function Configuration Table 8 16 Fault Locator Function Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Ref Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 7 Fault Locator Index Identifies the Fault Location function You can select any available function If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Initiating Event Any External Input Channel or trigger detector from any other channel or function Note that the initiating Event typically reguires a 1 5 cycle delay to obtain accurate fault location information D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 8 39 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 14 Power Factor Functions Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes 8 40 Power Factor Functions monitor the real and reactive power values calculated by a Watts Vars Channel and trigger depending on total power level Inductive power factor is defined as a situation where the calculated reactive power is positiv
6. A RecordGraph 5 x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help t gt fel g lt Defaul gt Fl 8 d al Al x AEA KA recordemol tir High Speed Channels H Low Speed Channels Look in Sl L PRO Settings e Dei m ibin Files of type COMTRADE Files cfg z Cancel A Figure 10 15 Import Choose this option to import a COMTRADE file and display a standard open file dialog box to select cfg COMTRADE files File gt Exit Exit the RecordGraph application Save your graphical layout information be fore selecting this option TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records View Menus View gt Add Create a new view and add it to the existing layout see Views on page 10 32 View gt Delete TK lolx File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Egit J s alal Ee x eelle z a a a HN mle ael z Rename Tab sample TPR Titles voltage A 1155 Copy to Clipboard COYOTE SUB Save as Meta File 2000 Nov1 5 13 06 47 000000 Beulah ND v Show Channel List Line v Toolbar A IC2 H 5715 A lA3 LY 5603 A IB3 LY 5603 y IC3 LV 5603 A lA4 LV 5604 AV IB4 LY 5604 A IC4 LY 5604 A IA5 TVT A IBE TVT A ICSTV y la Operating y Ib Operating y le Operating y la Restraint Ay Ib Restraint y le Restraint H External
7. Offset negative start times to begin at zero OK Location comer Name Station Number 1 Unitld Node1 a Version Iv ersion2 Y Format x fasci z Exported Channels 72 Element1 Va tst Val 1 Magnitude Element1 Va tst_ al_1 Phase Element vb tst Vb1 1 Magnitude Cancel Figure 11 3 PTI Settings The PTI file format is used to import records into the Power Technologies In corporated system modelling software Output File PTI export produces a single output file with an asc extension Table 11 2 PTI Settings Name Title Export to The base filename and directory of the output files are set using the Export to option By default the base filename is the same as the record you are exporting You can edit this or use the Browse button to set a new direc tory and or base filename Station Name and Identifi cation The Station Name field is set by default using the unit s Station Name setting It is written as the third line in the output file If desired you can edit this text The Identification field is not written to the PTI output file Header Text The Header Text field contains the text that is written as a sin gle line in the fourth line in the output file By default the field contains the Location Name Number and Unit ID of the recorder that produced the record This text can be modified deleted or extended as desired Version The
8. Yu Timeline Set scale to secondary depending on the scale factor values For the active view Scale Secondary Figure 10 35 Secondary Set scale to secondary values depending on the scale factor of CT PT ratios on all the graphs in the currently active view The current choice primary or secondary is displayed on the status bar Measure gt Time Alignment Offset X axis trigger time alignment for the currently active trace on the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 10 64 Measure gt Absolute Time Display absolute time actual recorded time measurements for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 10 64 Measure gt Fundamental RMS Display fundamental rms measurement for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 10 64 Measure gt True RMS Display true rms measurement for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 10 64 Measure gt Harmonics Display harmonics measurement up to 5th order and THD expressed in per cent with reference to the fundamental the highest order harmonic included in THD depends on the sample rate See tables 7 1 and 7 2 on page 7 6 for the active trace of the graph see Readouts and Measurements on page 10 64 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 21 10 Graphing Records Scale Menus 10 22 Measure gt Symmetrical Components Display symmetrical components measurement f
9. Appendix C 2 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix D Modbus Functions The TESLA LITE recorder operates as a slave device on the Modbus network with an address of 1 to 247 decimal 0x01 to OxF7 The Point List can be printed through TESLA Control Panel to display the point names as they are configured Please refer to Printing a SCADA Address List on page 8 46 For further information on Modbus please refer to your Modbus master device manual or obtain Modicon s Modbus Protocol Reference Guide document PI MBUS 300 Read Coil Status Function Code 01 0X References D03283R01 02 Channel Address Value Hold Readings 00001 0 Readings not held 1 Readings held Reserved 00257 Reserved Contact 1 00513 0 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 2 00514 0 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 3 00515 0 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 4 00516 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 5 00517 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Contact 6 00518 Contact open inactive Contact closed active Logic Detector 1 00769 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 2 00770 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 3 00771 Off inactive On active Logic Detector
10. Reduces the trace range on X axis Zoom Y Axis Enlarges the trace range on Y axis Zoom Y Axis Reduces the trace range on Y axis Reset Zoom Resets zoom control Move Graph Up Vertically moves graph upwards Move Graph Down Vertically moves graph downwards Time Alignment Offset X axis time value Change Scale Y Axis Scale Y axis minimum and maximum range CrossHair Displays X and Y coordinate values Line Available only for impedance view draws a reference line Copy Trace Copies a trace to another location Paste Trace Pastes a trace Show Hide Legends Displays hides legends the traces Trace Information Displays hides channel information Date Station Name RecordName Channel Name Show Hide Tree View Channel List Expands and minimizes RHS of the screen Decrease Left Margin Decreases left margin Decrease Right Margin TESLA LITE User Manual Decreases right margin 10 31 10 Graphing Records 10 3 Views Add a View Delete a View 10 32 The view sereen graphically displays information from the record A view is associated with a tab at the bottom of the sereen which can be renamed using the Rename tab You can create a maximum of 30 view tabs Add new view to layout 1 Select the View gt Add from the top menu bar or the Add button from the tool bar 2 Select the desired vi
11. TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder Choose channels to be trended by clicking on one of the larger spaces in the trend grid Clicking on the arrow that appears lists all the available channels in the list box that appears adjacent to the space you originally clicked Alter natively use the selection tree that appears to the immediate left of the trend grid Use the tree s expansion buttons to locate the desired channel then drag and drop your selection on the grid You can control how the data is accumulated between logged values for each trended value The Process Options are as follows Table 8 18 Trend Accumulation Modes Damped default Logs a value representative of the measurements dur ing the interval Undamped Logs the last value measured during the interval Avg Logs the average measured value over the interval Min Logs the minimum measured value over the interval Max Logs the maximum measured value over the interval You can record the same channel with more than one Process Option but you can not record the same channel with the same Process Option more than once When you have defined a trending process a long term event log is started au tomatically If you wish to have the long term event log without trending any data define a trend without any channels in it A daily limit of 1000 events can be stored in the trend log TESLA LITE User
12. it Delete Graph Del A Hi Move Copy Trace Ctrl C Paste Trace Ctrl Delete Trace Ctrl Del Delete All Traces Alt a Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D Change Trace Color Alt R Active Trace Information Trip Event Input 9 JL Dev 87 Trip JL Dev 87 Restraint JL Dev 87 in Trip Zone Dev 51 Trip JL Dev 51 Alarm Dev 67 Trip Dev 67 Alarm Dev 59FT Trip Dev 59FT Alarm Dev 59FI Trip m Dev 87 Restraint Dev 60 Alarm THD Alarm Ausillary Alarm Ambient Alarm Top Oil Alarm E Summation s Dev 87 in Trip Zone as Fast Gas Relay la r s s r r r r i Seconds 0 20 0 00 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 1 20 al e 4 i FU Timeline Add a digital graph to the active view Scale Secondary h Figure 10 23 Add Digital Graph Add a digital graph to the existing view This graph shows the digital status in formation in the form of thick or thin stacked traces You can plot up to 32 trac es in a single graph Graph gt Delete Graph inixi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help na le EI i 7 lt as SS ss i BIENE Kanagan zl m mi s dlaj aa x eleele a tla a s HN slej ae fe Ins Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 119851 991101 105947781 tpr 1 00 a 0 90 0 80 0 70 0 60 0 50 y P 0 40 Event Input 9 JL Dev 87 Trip 0 30 JL Dev 87 Restraint 020 JL Dev
13. E recordemol tlr 4 recordemot tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped High Speed Channels 20 0K Analog X 3 5290KV Ay TR4CDX Vac Vab O 81914KV AV TRACD X In i A 411 7204KY A TRACD XJE y TRACD X Ib UN pomi LU Select export file type i A TRAD vie Select export file type Ay TR4CDY la Ay TR4AB X Vac Vab A TR4ABXIn A TRAABX Ic COMTRADE z A TR4AB X Ib Ay TRAABX Ia y Mise In TRISCD X Ir m Unit 4 b Unit A Miseln TRI7AB X In y Misen TRI7ZABY In Ay TR4AB Y Vac Vab A TR4ABY In Ay TRAAB Y Ic A TR4AB Y lb Ay TR4AB Y la y Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Ay Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Ay Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 Ve A Unit Ala Unit 4 la m Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Ve Ay Unit 4 lb Unit 4 Ib y Unit 4le Unit 4 le A Misc In TR18CD Y A Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc i Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe or or a Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbe s 0 040 0 020 d 0 000 kozo 0040 0 060 0080 01400 0 120 SOn s ij J s A Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Yn a A 00242 s 4 Analog Input36 i iz C a iE Ay overlay 2 Figure 10 13 Export 10 Graphing Records Export the selected record to a user defined format Record Export Utility on page 11 1 File gt Delete Delete the currently selected record from the tree view This option does not clear the view associated with the record TESLA LITE User Manual 10 9 10 Graphing Records 10 10 File gt Show Record
14. 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 2 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 3 Mag 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 nitude Summation 3 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 4 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 4 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 5 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 5 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 6 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 6 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 7 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 7 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 8 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 8 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 9 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 9 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation10 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Summation 10 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Seq
15. 2 Configure your terminal program as described in the table below e For the front e For a USB or direct serial link the baud rate must be same as that of the recorder s port Port 450 USB link the default baud rate is 115 200 Serial Port 405 default baud rate is 38 400 The baud rate can be viewed and changed in the Utilities gt Communication tab of TESLA Control Panel e For a modem link the baud rate and other communication parameters only determine how your computer talks to your modem Usually the fastest possible baud rate is chosen to maximize your modem s compression ca pabilities e For a network link only the Emulation and Font settings from the table are relevant D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 12 1 12 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling Table 12 1 Terminal Program Setup Baud rate For a USB or direct serial link the baud rate must match that of the recorder s port USB Port 450 default baud rate is 115 600 N81 Serial Port 405 default baud rate is 38 400 N81 For a modem link the baud rate refers only to the link between your computer and its own modem Data bits 8 Parity Stop bits Flow control Hardware or Software Hardware flow control is recommended The recorder automatically supports both on all its serial ports Function arrow and control keys tS i Emulation VT100 Font A font that supports line drawing e g Terminal or MS Line Draw If the menu appears
16. D12C Zca Phd Line Impedance Impedance options r Configuration m Zones to display JE Zo Phase Ground T zan zmn FT za Phase Phase M Zab V Zbe M Zca 7 Zonel Mho x Other impedance MV Zone2 Mho X WV Z Line Z Load JV Zone3 Mho x IV Blindes I Direction IV Zone4 Mho v Blinder Impedance Launch Close Record name R20364 2000 11 08_03 12 31 843 pr R Ohms 10 px Ohma 20 10 0 10 20 30 Time Window s a Width s 0 0109 ar 04667s 0 0510s Position s 0 0619 al oo ERK Scale Secondary Figure 10 73 Example Showing the Line and Blinder Impedances Check the Z Line and Blinder boxes then select the Apply button to superim pose the line and blinder impedances TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Select this button to enable CrossHair measurement feature De ben Qaph Bese xee Options Help gaca mee inje aari Wia bi Lote Tet Prane Prazeotih Soset BiA ON 1740 la Ape Jet iPhars marsib Spenij vy uy bio Lath Thes Phe Peg Speed em Ob 118 bb imgs Joe Prade rapih Seti f k 1 nu kiv baths Tica Prane Prane big Z di m CCM 116 k deva Tos Prave Prevca big Speed Mrk CrossHair measurements Fi beni EAA TTO Xi Obema PED Z ferret NE1 A pe ee oo s z Se as Fm a i bad i Fa Ka y smi b f Ha Na Vu ei ao ai ai a ai ei coe inn E EGO Sf preo
17. Event Input 9 JL Dev 87 Trip al w JL Dev 87 Restraint Ay Timeline al Copy a trace from selected graph use paste option to paste it onto any of the selected graph Scale Secondary Z Figure 10 26 Copy Trace Copy an active trace from the selected graph Use this option in conjunction with the paste trace option You need at least one channel on a graph to use the copy operation 10 16 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Graph gt Paste Trace UM RecordGraph ial x Fie view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Set Graphs Per Page nn zalt z HIELE Kaano ceh ne E H S alal Ela x eee z tla sj tj AN e e H S bar Add Digital Graph Ctri Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Hic Delete Graph Del 125 a Move 100 Copy Trace Ctrl C 04 59 47 761441 m Delete Trace Ctrl Del 50 4 Delete All Traces Alt a Na Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D 1 A ena Trace a Aker o LUNN MLA A A i Trace copied Active Trace Information 5 LM Ah Il VINIH il A CT3JALS so A CT31B1S A CT31CIS 754 Ay CTAJALS a A CT41BLS i Ay CT4ICLS 125 Ay CT514 7S 125 A CT5 1B TS PT1 Y1 A CT5ICTS ST VITAL 100 y la Operating 1999 Nov 01 04 59 47 781441 75 y Ib Oper
18. If configurable list methods Appendix E 10 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 1 8 Outstation Performance Capabilities Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Current Value If configurable list methods 1 8 1 Maximum Time Base NA not synchro Drift milliseconds per nized by DNP minute 1 8 2 When does outstation Never NA set IIN1 4 Asserted at startup until first Time Synchroniza tion reguest received Periodically range to seconds Periodically selectable from seconds Range to seconds after last time sync Selectable fom seconds after last time sync When time error may have drifted by range to ms When time error may have drifted by selectable fom ys 1 8 3 Maximum Internal Time NA Reference Error when set via DNP ms 1 8 4 Maximum Delay NA Measurement error ms 1 8 5 Maximum Response 100 ms for the TESLA Control time ms case all sup Panel ported points mapped to the DNP point lists 1 8 6 Maximum time from NA start up to IIN 1 4 assertion ms 1 8 7 Maximum Event Time e 0 1736 ms for tag error for local Binary 60Hz sys and Double bit I O ms tems e 0 2083 ms for 50 Hz sys tems 1 8 8 Maximum Event Time e 0 1736 ms for tag error for local I O other than Binary and Double bit data types ms D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 60Hz sys tems e 0 2083 ms for 50 Hz sys tems Appendix E 11 Appendix E DNP3 Devic
19. The Calibration Utility provides a means of calibrating the recorder s analog input channels It is accessed through the TESLA Control Panel s Utilities tab as Analog Input Calibration e1 la current 1A 1 lb current 1B 1 Ic current 1C e1 la current 2A e1 lb current 2B e1 lc current 2C e1 la current 3A 1 lb current 3B 1 Ic current 3C 1 Va ph voltage e1 Vb ph voltage 1 Vc ph voltage e1 la current 44 e1 lb current 4B 1 Ic current 4C Undefined Undefined Safe Shutdown Records Figure 7 7 Analog Input Calibration TESLA Control Panel v0 02 TESLA LITE User Manual r Select Channel s to Calibrate Applied Signal Calibrate Offset and Gain Current IED TESLA LITE Connected A 7 11 7 Recorder Setup Utilities AC Channel Calibration Process Out of Range 7 12 To calibrate a channel Main Menu gt Utilities gt Analog Input Calibration 1 Select the channel or channels from the list More than one channel of volt age or current can be chosen using the Control Shift left click It is possible to calibrate multiple channels simultaneously by using the mouse to select a set of channels from the list Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection methods 2 Enter the voltage or current magnitude that is applied to the channel The sig nal magnitude level should be measured with a precision calibrated instru ment 3 Pre
20. Title options X View title Graph title A maximum of 4 items can be selected from the options list Options Selected Item s Station name Trigger time Location Apply Close Figure 10 89 Graph Title Options TESLA LITE User Manual 10 63 10 Graphing Records 10 7 Readouts and Measurements The Measure menu consists of the following Markers Primary Secondary Time Alignment Absolute Time Fundamental RMS True RMS Harmonics Symmetrical Components Time Alignment Errani rag pa ew Gih peire jema piem Heip PIE F Defaults JHN St Sls X gerle 2 NE se ae ae k poma I V sa em HA IH tanec Absolute Time a l s METI NONE a i eras AA AP NA MIA Fundamental RMS HE URNIH KAM NO waar IVVVVV MY V V sa iJ i ANNI h h AARIA AA True RMS Y li MNE 1E poj Aja x 1 j j j Wi SA i ITY i a a car A 1 fy n HA AA AFIN OJATI A vat Tj i T f f y Yy Y 1 T di sd CM a 1 K a AAAA A Ao AAAAA A zene E H i dati aii b ch aii 0 100 ig iio gt fy ii ba li armonics nani ehorehary Trigger Markers Figure 10 90 Readouts and Measurements Markers Selecting Measure gt Markers or using the tool bar button places the X and O markers on the graph as well as automatically placing markers on all new graphs If the markers are out of view range double click on the timeline graph to bring back the mark
21. 10 Al12 Magnitude 40279 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al12 Angle 40280 180 to 180 10 Al13 Magnitude 40281 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al13 Angle 40282 180 to 180 10 Al14 Magnitude 40283 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al14 Angle 40284 180 to 180 10 Al15 Magnitude 40285 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al15 Angle 40286 180 to 180 10 Al16 Magnitude 40287 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al16 Angle 40288 180 to 180 10 Al17 Magnitude 40289 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al17 Angle 40290 180 to 180 10 Al18 Magnitude 40291 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al18 Angle 40292 180 to 180 10 Total Harmonic Distortion Single Harmonic Level Metering Channels not supported yet Al1 THD 40513 0 to 327 67 100 Al1 SHL 40514 0 to 327 67 100 Al2 THD 40515 0 to 327 67 100 Al2 SHL 40516 0 to 327 67 100 Al3 THD 40517 0 to 327 67 100 AI3 SHL 40518 0 to 327 67 100 Al4 THD 40519 0 to 327 67 100 Al4 SHL 40520 0 to 327 67 100 AI5 THD 40521 0 to 327 67 100 AI5 SHL 40522 0 to 327 67 100 Al6 THD 40523 0 to 327 67 100 Al6 SHL 40524 0 to 327 67 100 Al7 THD 40525 0 to 327 67 100 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix D 5 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 6 AI7 SHL 40526 0 to 327 67 100 Al8 THD 40527 0 to 327 67 100 Al8 SHL 40528 0 to 327 67 100 Al9 THD 40529 0 to 327 67 100 AI9 SHL 40530 0 to 327 67 100 Al10 THD 40531 0 to 327 67 100 Al10
22. A CT11BHS A CTLICHS bg CrossHair A CT21CHS A CT31ALS measurements 4 CT3 1B LS A CT3ICLS A CTAJALS A CT4 1B LS A CT41CLS A CTSIATS o AV CT5AB TS A CTBICIS y la Operating 25 y lb Operating y le Operating Ay la Restraint 50 y Ib Restraint y le Restraint H External FE Summation 25 75 100 125 r r r r r r r r Seconds 0060 0080 04100 0420 0440 0160 0180 0200 0 220 al w T Timeline Scale Secondary A Figure 10 33 CrossHair Set or clear crosshair cursor measurement by dragging the mouse left click and move anywhere on the graph to display the readout The difference be tween the marker and crosshair readout is that the marker values correspond to the data values whereas the crosshair measurement corresponds to the x and y coordinates When this option is selected you can measure coordinates of any graph in the active view Measure gt Primary Ah Z SYJUR PH io File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Bele mes FAm T e gla aa x al elle al tla af tj HN jaj al el EE bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr PTI 250 00K ki Time Alignment ST VITAL 1999 Nov 01 04 59 47 751441 Absolute Time SUB EAST 200 00K Fundamental RMS j True RMS N Harmonics 150 00K Symmetrical Components y CT21CHS 100 00K y CT3JALS y CT31BLS A CT31CLS A CT4JAL
23. Describe hardware signaling Before Tx Asserts RTS reguirements of the interface DTR Where a transmitter or receiver Before Rx Asserts RTS is inhibited until a given control DTR signal is asserted it is consid Always Asserts k RTS ered to require that signal prior Kk DTR to sending or receiving charac Before Tx Requires Asserted Deasserted ters CTS Where a signal is asserted prior DCD to transmitting that signal will DSR be maintained active until after RI the end of transmission Rx Inactive Where a signal is asserted to Before Rx Requires Asserted Deasserted enable reception any data sent CTS to the device when the signal is DCD not active could be discarded DSR RI Always Ignores k CTS x DCD x DSR x RI Other explain RS 422 V 11 Options Requires Indication before Rx Asserts Control before Tx Other explain RS 485 Options Requires Rx inactive before Tx Other explain 1 2 5 Interval to Request Link x Not Supported Status Fixsedat seconds Configurable range to seconds Configurable selectable from seconds Configurable other describe 1 2 6 Supports DNP3 x No Collision Avoidance Yes explain D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 3 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 2 Serial Connections 1 2 7 Receiver Inter character Timeout Capabilities Not checked No gap permitted Fixed at bit times Fixed at ms Configurable range to bit times Configurable ra
24. Display Trends None Event Log VIEW Events Display Event Log VIEW Erase Event Log CHANGE Metering Metering Display VIEW Utilities Display Unit Identification VIEW Set Unit Identification CHANGE Display Communication Settings VIEW Set Communication Settings CHANGE Display Recording Settings VIEW Set Recording Settings CHANGE Display Time amp Settings VIEW Set Time 8 Settings CHANGE Display Calibration VIEW Save Calibration Changes SERVICE Change and save passwords SERVICE Configuration Display Configurations Online VIEW Display Configurations Offline None Load Configuration to IED CHANGE Save Local Configuration None Delete Local Configuration TESLA LITE User Manual None D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 Table 7 6 Setting Passwords Edit Local Configuration 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Rename Local Configuration Import Local Configuration Save as Local Configuration Copy from other IED New Configuration TESLA LITE User Manual 7 17 8 Configuring the Recorder Where the Setup Utilities of the previous chapter specify the recorder s global characteristics it is the recorder s Configuration File that defines its individual channels and recording triggers The configuration file identifies and adjusts the re
25. O SCADA Summam O Channels O Meter Groups Ta 1 2 ie izo 1 2 ime Te J2 iza ime ime 1 2 Te Te Te VE CC DC DC DC DC DK DC DK DK DG DK DE DE DC OC DE a Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Config Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 36 Current IED TESLA Demo Unik Mok onnecked Figure 4 13a DNP_point_map TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 4 Communicating with the Recorder TESLA Control Panel Config Edit Fie Ede Config view halip Change Poni Chan Draelirarni mna e See Ss SNE o haben kv OO Lets O Adama O SLADA Commana z O ONPG O Poni Map at pies Lata O TADA Susana O Channels CI Meter Geoups bobb kJ BO bb HU BE EJ kJ MU HI kl MO ED Mroroonocnnonannj VOOOOOOOOOOOODOOO AXXEAXXXAXXXXXNXXAX ILJULOJE TESLA Cotro Panel v J Gumeni IED TESLA Cermo Unit Figure 4 13b DNP class data Diagnostics Protocol monitor utilities are available to assist in resolving SCADA commu nication difficulties such as incompatible baud rate or addressing The utilities can be accessed through the Maintenance user interface Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 12 1 hyperLAN HyperTerminal File Edit view Call Transfer Help Da 53 DH Ff TESLA LITE System Utilities v1 8 Modify IP Address subnet mask and default gateway if applicable View system diagnostics Retrieve system diagnostics Restore ALL default settings including calibrati
26. Overlay and Trend Views allow a max imum of 36 graphs Use Add Analog Graph or the Insert key to add one graph at a time Graph gt Add Analog Graph ioixi Eile view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Perera E EREE glelelej wl taj s s HN lej ae san Add Digital Graph Ctrit Ins sample TPR H gt Delete Graph Del 1 00 ka Move 0 90 Gopy Trace SNE Past Gtr ey 0 80 De strl Del 070 De AIFA CO Clipboard Gtr D 0 60 ch AlE R 050 Active Infor F 0 40 y 1A3 L 5603 y IB3 L 5603 0 30 y IC3 L 5603 A IA4LV 5604 ue y 1B4 LV 5604 0 10 Ay IC4 LV 5604 Ay IASTVT 0 00 y IBSTVT 040 y IC5 TVt y la Operating 0 20 AV b Operating y le Operating 0 30 AV a Restraint 0 40 A b Restraint y le Restraint 0 50 Externa 0 60 El Summati 0 70 0 80 0 90 1 00 v ae II ee 0 00 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 0 50 0 60 0 70 0 80 0 90 1 00 all TU Timeline Add an anlog graph to the existing view Scale Secondary Z Figure 10 22 Add Analog Graph Add an analog graph to the existing view or use the nsert key 10 14 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Graph gt Add Digital Graph WpRecordcroph le File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help nes Hi zm i i l Set Graphs Per Page m NJU Prap Add Analog Graph Ins T7 e alal Ea x eleele zj tle aj A H njej E Add Digital Graph bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr
27. TRACDY le au A TRACD Y Ib A A TRACDY la A TRAAB Vac Vab A TRAABXIn y TRAABAJC Printing v Liat b Untitled 4AB X la on the y Misc In TR18CDX Ir m TRACD X Un MAPT wWPGT erox Document Centre AV Misc ln TR17AB X In on 192 168 100 201 A Misc ln TR17AB Y In Page 1 A TR4AB Y Vac Vab a A TRAABY Ic A TR4AB Y Ib A TR4AB Y la Ay Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va A Unit 4 b Unit 4 Yb Ay Unit 4 c Unit 4 Ve Ay Unit 4 la Unit 4 la m TRACD Y Vac Vab Ay Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib y Unit 4 le Unit 4 le A Misc In TR18CD Y A Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc AV Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe y Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbo Ay Unit 4Vac Unit 4 Vn o A Analog Input36 a ca aA F 7 Timeline Ax Symeom Ay overtay BR Scale Primary Z Figure 10 11 Print All Send all the pages of all the views to the default printer Select this option to print multiple views visible and invisible to the default printer TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 File gt Print Preview Uf RecordGraph CPi Herrene PevPane Tuo tane Zoomin zemou dese Page 1 nu V Figure 10 12 Print Preview Display the print preview window of the active view page File gt Export s la xl Fie View Graph Measure Scale Options Help UEES koru dl SN s x slelele z sle s Hd AN e all E
28. response start stop 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index Analog Input 16 bit without flag 06 no range or all 129 response 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index Analog Input Event Any Variation 06 no range or all 129 response index 07 08 limited qty Analog Input Event 32 bit without 06 no range or all 129 response index time 07 08 limited qty 1304unsol esp Analog Input Event 16 bit without 06 no range or all 129 response index time 07 08 limited gty 430 Haso ess Analog Input Event 32 bit with time 06 no range or all 129 response index 07 08 limited gty Analog Input Event 16 bit with time 06 no range or all response index 07 08 limited qty 0 Anateg Outsut stetus ArmyVara 1 read 06 no range or all 129 response tion 40 2 Analog Output Status 46 bitwith 129 response 00 014 start stop flag D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 29 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Reguest Outstation parses Response Outstation can issue DNP Object Group amp Variation Description Function Codes select operate direct op dir op no ack Qualifier Codes hex 17 28 index 07 limited qty 1 Function Codes dec 129 response 129 response 1294response 4130 unselesp Qualifier Codes hex ety Time and Date CTO Absol
29. s IRIG B Input Unsynchronized A lnp1 50LS 1 High A lnp1 50LS 2 High JL lnp1 SOBF 1 Trip JL A lnp1 SOBF 2 Trip Alnpi 50 Trip Nima Alnp1 51 Alarm m A Inp1 SOBF 1 Trip Alnp1 51 Trip A lnp2 50L5 1 High dlnp2 50LS 2 High A lnp2 50BF 1 Trip A lnp2 50BF 2 Trip A lnp2 50 Trip A lnp2 51 Alarm A lnp2 51 Trip A lnp3 50L5 1 High A Inp3 50LS 2 High Alnp3 50BF 1 Trip m A Inp1 SOBF 2 Trip A lnp3 50BF 2 Trip A lnp3 50 Trip A lnp3 51 Alarm A lnp3 51 Trip Alnp4 50L5 1 High Alnp4 50LS 2 High A lnp4 50BF 1 Trip A lnp4 50BF 2 Trip A lnp4 50 Trip A lnp4 51 Alarm x FU Timeline Scale Secondary Figure 10 106 IRIG B Input Status Indicator 10 76 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records 10 14 Derived Digital Swing Channels for TESLA LITE Swing Recordings TESLA LITE recordings do not record External Input channels for the swing records A facility to view these channels in the RecordGraph is provided Re cordGraph automatically displays these channels 1f configured under low speed channel group Events with the same element are grouped together to form a channel This facility is backward compatible 10 15 COMTRADE Import D03283R01 02 COMTRADE Common Format for Transient Data Exchange is an industry standard record format used to share data between tools and to replay faults through a te
30. s local previously up Connected loaded records and create and edit configuration files without being connected to the unit Online In Online mode you are connected to the recorder and have access to both local Con nected and remote data and functions e Records both local and on the recorder e Event log e Metering realtime readings of input and calculated channels e Channel and trigger configurations the one presently active in the recorder and any saved ones you may have created e Setup utilities and record configuration screens e Record graphics display e Trend logs Connection The Status Bar at the bottom right side of the TESLA Control Panel window Status shows if you are presently online or offline D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 5 5 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 4 Navigating in TESLA Control Panel Working Area Control Tabs Status Bar 5 6 TESLA Control Panel uses a split screen format The left pane is used for nav igation or selection The right pane is the working area for each of the pro gram s main sections To bring up the Control Tabs shown below you must select the appropriate item on the Navigation Tree by double clicking Navigation Tree Select Item Working Area k TESLA Control Panel Main Me E ile View Help TESLA Control Panel Records Trends Continuous Recording Events Metering Utilities Configuration ESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Con
31. the width or data range indicated by the size of the thumb track The scale indicates the step by which s na Tan 1176 the data is incremented DRA 5 O00 m oe 4 oe A _ Cocal Figure 10 70 Indicate Data Range A dialog box appears to enter the width or data range which is indicated by the size of the thumb track The scale indicates the step by which the data is incre mental For example when the spin control arrow is clicked after closing the dialog box if an up arrow is clicked the data is incremental from present po sition to present position 5 On the other hand if the down arrow is clicked the data is decremented by 5 Example to Superimpose the L PRO Relay Characteristics aiaz o View Qah Haaro Kae Options bheb BIBS pr ON z a x zlejvjej a sli z s HN la a E elhase MJ prei SA CB 114000 Anps Lam Vrase ase kh Speed Click this button to he OE fee apply L PRO relay characteristics through the impedance options F Praga Gun E ra E Pa Fhia mi Foe Poe Fie Fima jee z Ar Othe podre FY Zonet fire Ni FH F Zla F Zonet re FF Biekin E Diea F iral e Becod name bgi hpenn th Y Mathew Mav i sv KOTNE eax alo Secoreky Figure 10 71 Superimpose the L PRO Relay Characteristics 10 48 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records When you select the Relay data amp impedance options button a dialog box
32. 0 Type Fault Locator 2 148 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on DNP Time High how to access Fault Infor 16 bits mation 149 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 DNP Time Middle 16 bits 150 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 DNP Time Low 16 bits 151 Fault Information none 0 Configurable 0 1 0 0 Configurable 0 1 Distance Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Transmitted Value Scaling Default Class Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none Resolution Offset default Description maximal 6 Multiplier Minimum Maximum default range Point Index Ol Fault Information Type Fault Locator3 Fault Information i See note 4 above on DNP Time High how to access Fault Infor 16 bits mation Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits Fault Information Configurable 0 Configurable Distance Fault Information 15 j NA Type Fault Locator 4 Fault Information i See note 4 above on DNP Time High how to access Fault Infor 16 bits mation Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits Fault Information Configurable 0 i Configurable Distance Fault Information 15 i NA Type Fault Loc
33. 28 03 35 26 825 09 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el Vc ph voltage Low Mag TeslaLite 15 2012 02 28 03 31 10 425 10 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 Seq functi Vseg tseg Low TeslaLite 15 2012 02 28 03 30 02 566 11 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 summation IaSum Low Mag IM Skies anise eek ei 12 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 summation IbSum Low Mag pares SNET 13 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 summation IcSum Low Mag Delete a nla m z z z Recordings on IED 11 Trigger Fault Trigger Swing Trigger Both ITI 7 33 Close Main Menu Records TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 9 1 Record Listing Record Lists The left side of the Records tab shows lists of records for the current IED or ganized by date Expanding a date entry shows On JED and Local headings Records presently on the recorder are shown under the On JED heading Re cords that have been previously transferred to TESLA Control Panel are shown under the Local heading Records on the IED that have not been transferred to Control Panel are shown in bold face If working offline only local records are shown Record Filter The list of records displayed is controlled by the Record Filter control The fil ter applies to both On JED and Local record lists The time taken to access the directory can be controlled by selecting an appropriate number of records in the Record Filter Note that if additional recordings are created through the Trigger Fa
34. 484 Digital in Ek 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K 15 0K4 10 0K 5 0K 0 0 5 0K4 10 0K4 15 0K 20 0K 0 075 0 050 0 025 odbo al Figure 10 46 Show Trigger Marker a 0 025 z 0 050 0 075 0 100 0125 Scale Primary AA Show or hide trigger marker on the active graph and active curve D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 27 10 Graphing Records Options gt Lock Markers UN RecordGraph z k File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help re malla 7 recordemol tir E High Speed Channels El Analog A TRACD X In lt Defauit gt Calculate Derived Channels Now Show Grid Show X AxisTicks Show Legends A TRACD X Vac Vat Show Trigger Marker v Lock Markers rae 4 m A TRACD XIe y TRACD X lb Extend Print Range y TRACD X la Set Phase Colors A TR4CD Y Yac Yat AV TRACD Y In y TRACD Y Ic TRACD Y Ib y TRACDY la A TR4AB X Vac Vab A TR4AB In A TRAAB Je A TRAABXIIb y TR4AB XJA AM Misc In TR18CD In dy Misc ln TR17AB X In Ay Misc In TR17AB Y In y TR4AB Y Vac Vab A TRAABY In A TRAAB Y lc AV TR4AB Y Ib A TR4AB Y la y Unit 4Va Unit 4 Va Ay Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb y Unit 4 e Unit 4 Ve y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la uv Unit 4 1b Unit 4 l
35. 4le Unit 4 le A Misc In TR18CD Y A Mise Vac Bus 4G Vbe y TR4AB X Vac Vab BPRO CT Sat A TR4ABXJA A TRAAB Y MacVab BPRO 50LS 8701 EI A TRAAB Y In Hi A Unit 4WaUnit 4Va Register as default A Unit 41b Unit 4 Ib SEE y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbc y Mise Vac Bus 4E Vbe A Mise Vac Bus AJ Vbe ooo 0 040 0 060 O080 0100 0120 0140 0 160 Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn KI y Analog Input36 Le Dn fal Yu Timeline scale Primary Figure 10 8 Template Manager Rename duplicate save as import or delete template files A dialog box is dis played to manage the template files see Templates on page 10 56 File gt Print A RecordGraph Ss 10 x File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Ee umu J 7 S glej B x elelee a anf s a HN slej ei E recordemol tir 4 recordemot tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital incEL86L 2 Ext Input Tripped El High Speed Channels 20 0K El Analog Unit 4 va Unit 4 Va y TRACD X Vac Vab Boswell Ay TRACDXIn 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 A TRACD X Ic IC Shop A TRACD X Ib A TRACD Xa A TRACD Y Vac Vab A TRACD Y In A TRACD Y lc A TRACD YIb Pret ije Ay TR4AB XIN Stab Poad N TR4AB X la i Wri A Misc In TR17AB Y In A TRAAB Y lc om rn A Unit 4 e Unit 4 Ve GY Misc In TRI8CD Y y Mise Vac Bus 4G Vbe y Mise Vac Bus 4F Vbe 20 0K Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn al A TR4ABXVac Va
36. 96 sam ples cycle Each channel is simultaneously sampled using 16 bit analog to dig ital converters The digitized data is sent to the MPB for processing and implementation of the protection algorithms The Front Panel Board provides visual indication of the status of the TESLA LITE recorder and USB and network ports TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix B 1 Appendix C Glossary AC Analog Input An ac current or voltage that is obtained from a current transformer or a voltage trans former connected to an element on the power system Configuration of TESLA LITE allows two AC analog guantities to be summed For exam ple currents from two parallel lines can be summed to produce a set of combined cur rents AC Analog Summation COMTRADE Common Format for Transient Data Exchange IEEE standard C37 111 1991 IEEE Standard Common Format for Transient Data Exchange COMTRADE for Power Sys tems which describes a common format for exchange of recorded power systems data between different manufacturers recorders DCE Data Communications Eguipment an RS 232 term for modems and similar eguipment DCEs generally have a female DB connector DST Daylight Savings Time A seasonal adjustment of time applied in many jurisdictions to compensate for varying day lengths Most often an hour is added to the system time to begin on the second Sunday in March and end the first Sunday in November Data Terminal Equipment an RS 232 term fo
37. Acguisition 40011 0 23 1 Day of Year Acguisition 40012 1 365 up to 366 if leap year 1 Years since 1900 40013 90 137 1 Acguisition Time Sync d 40014 0 No 1 to IRIG B 1 Yes Offset of UTC to IED 40015 2 s complement half hours North America is 1 Local Time negative Analog Magnitude and Angle Metering Channels Channel Address Value Scaled up by Al1 Magnitude 40257 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AL Angle 40258 180 to 180 10 Al2 Magnitude 40259 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al2 Angle 40260 180 to 180 10 AI3 Magnitude 40261 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al3 Angle 40262 180 to 180 10 Al4 Magnitude 40263 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al4 Angle 40264 180 to 180 10 AI5 Magnitude 40265 0 to 3276 7 units 10 AI5 Angle 40266 180 to 180 10 AI6 Magnitude 40267 0 to 3276 7 units 10 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 Appendix D Modbus Functions Al6 Angle 40268 180 to 180 10 AI7 Magnitude 40269 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al7 Angle 40270 180 to 180 10 Al8 Magnitude 40271 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al8 Angle 40272 180 to 180 10 AI9 Magnitude 40273 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al9 Angle 40274 180 to 180 10 Al10 Magnitude 40275 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al10 Angle 40276 180 to 180 10 Al11 Magnitude 40277 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Al11 Angle 40278 180 to 180
38. Angle 130 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 3 Mag 131 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 3 Angle 132 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 4 Mag 133 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 4 Angle 134 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 5 Mag 135 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 5 Angle 136 Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 1 Level 137 Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 2 Level 138 Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 3 Level 139 Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 4 Level 140 Power Factor none 0 1 0 0 01 0 0 0 01 Function 5 Level 141 High low speed none 0 100 1 0 0 0 1 0 recording space used 142 Trend Recording none 0 90 1 0 0 0 day 1 0 days Accumulated Fault Locator 1 143 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 See note 4 above on DNP Time High how to access Fault Infor 16 bits mation 144 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 DNP Time Middle 16 bits 145 Fault Information none 0 65 535 1 0 0 0 NA 1 0 DNP Time Low 16 bits 146 Fault Information none 0 Configurable 0 1 0 0 Configurable 0 1 Distance 147 Fault Information none 0 15 1 0 0 0 NA 1
39. Angle Analog Input 8 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 8 SHL 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 D03283R01 02 Transmitted Value Scaling Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 3 Default Class Resolution Assigned to ie 6 Multiplier mee z Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset Caan Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Analog Input 9 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 9 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 9 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 9 SHL 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 Analog Input 10 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 10 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 10 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 10 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 SHL Analog Input 11 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 11 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 11 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 11 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 SHL Anal
40. Blinders Available only if the Phase Phase option is chosen Directional Displays the directional characteristics Zones to display Phase Ground or Phase Phase Zone 1 to 4 Zone1 Zone4 displays the respective zones impedance charac teristics can be checked or unchecked Apply Redraws the display with the currently selected options Launch Launches the setting file through the Offliner settings program Note that the L PRO Offliner setting program should be installed for this to work successfully Closes the dialog box In the Relay data and impedance options dialog box check the Zone 1 to Zone 4 boxes and select the Apply button All the four zone characteristics are super TESLA LITE User Manual 10 49 10 Graphing Records 10 50 imposed on the calculated phase impedances note that the characteristics are zoomed using free form zoom to get a better resolution ATO M Ed File View Graph Measure Scale Options Hel aele Bl th a A AN Seles ae FE R20364 2000 11 08_03 12 31 843 Ipr Pelay dharat erii ilaa ord Deedee a Telci lap chapini date Bomi i FT Cunen ece 12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed m JA Line Current A D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed 12C Zbe Phase Phase High Speed m 1B Line Current B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed ne 12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed mic Line Current C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed X Ohms leeds oprorii
41. Control Panel v0 02 Show Channel Tree Hide Tree TESLA Power Factor Detector Configuration Element Description PF Detector index NewHement PF 1 v Watts Vars function to monitor lt unassigned gt v Disable detector if VA less than 0 Actions NG EKG cont inductive 0 1 fse IP T T r r Capacitive Jo 1 sec m ro OM r Trends Events Metering Utilities Current IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 8 22 Power Factor Function Configuration Table 8 17 Power Factor Function Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 7 PF Detector Index Identifies the Power Factor funtion You can select any available fun tion If the only option is undefined you have already used all availa ble channels Watts Vars function to monitor Specifies which Watts Vars channel to use as input Must be previ ously defined Trigger Settings Disable detector if VA less than Allows the trigger to be supervised by a m
42. Current 3 C UNUSED y Current 4A UNUSED y Current 4B UNUSED y Current 4 C UNUSED y Bus Voltage A UNUSED y Bus Voltage B UNUSED y Bus Voltage C UNUSED gt External FE Summation impedance names Relay charateristics O Zone1_R O Zone1 X So x O Zone2_R O Zone2 X R Ohms K Ge Bo A Zone3 R A Zone3 X gt si Zone4_X E Line_X a Blind_X1 X Blind_X2 Blind R3 Blind X3 O Blind R4 O Blind X4 20 at O 20 30 Time Window s Width s 0 0109 Position s 0 0619 10 Scale Secondary A Figure 10 77 Legends Features Moved and Enlarged 10 52 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Marker button fle Wew Gath Mesure Kada Cetera Heb eama IHN eee z ll P A eS bo EML rogugsoda si Cogon 220 7 Leteler Veeq neq Low M 6 VA Luter Ver Jab Prane Pa tun geod ma vD Laba biy LO Tx Phase rase p Speed ic Leirie Ve kv og Pease Stane tah Spre Select channel name mo vb Mi bo m vd MW v iv nom io K o im amp amp amp y j aa f Cursor corresponding 24 A cesta to marker O Tan Widow 6 har or l R Obema 44 238 x iaar KA O T 0 ted Marte I fe renee 108 259 Cheney 47 2247 9101 na the Secondary Marker X and O Marker X and O readouts Figure 10 78 Example Illustrating the Use of Data Markers Select the marker option to set the markers Select the desired channel name
43. Digital in El 8612 Ext Input Tripped X 9 4678KV O 2 6927KV B 7751KV RNE da Extend Print Range il Ay Overlay Flom zu Cannad Phamnnala Zj Set the precision number of decimal places For the readouts Scale Primary Figure 10 50 Set Precision Set the precision number of decimal places for the readouts In Symmetrical Component and Harmonic Views the phase angle readout precision is always zero no decimal places are used TESLA LITE User Manual 10 29 10 Graphing Records Help Menus Tool Bar Buttons Show Record Summar Print eee HERS t Export l I l l I I v Save Template 10 30 y lt Default gt Help gt User Manual Select to display an electronic version of the user manual Help gt About RecordGraph Display program information version number and copyright Help gt Show Hot Keys Lists the available hot keys or short cuts Titles arkers Set Graphs Per Page Add Digital Graph H Zoom X Axis Zoom Y Axis Reset Zoom Move Graph Down Change Scale Y Axis Line 7 Paste Trace Trace Information Increase Left Margin M 4 i i a Emme gt M RecordGraph File View Gr ph Measure Scale Options Help I I I I I I I I I I I I I Decrease Left Margin i Show Hide Tree View Channel List Show Hide Legends Copy Trace CrossHair Time Alignment 1 Move Graph Up Zoom Y Axis Y Zo
44. Ethernet interface Default IP 192 168 100 80 Used for user interface access or SCADA access through Ethernet LAN Front Panel USB B receptacle High speed USB 2 0 interface Used for user interface access Default fixed baud rate 115 200 N81 no parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit Front Panel RJ11 receptacle Internal modem interface Default Baud rate 38 400 N81 no parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit Rear Panel RJ 45 receptacle 100BASE T Ethernet interface Same subnet as front panel port 401 Rear Panel Used for user interface access or DNP SCADA access through Ethernet LAN BNC receptacle IRIG B Interface Modulated or un modulated Rear Panel 330 ohm impedance RS 232 DCE female DB9 Used for SCADA communication Default Setting 19 200 baud 071 odd parity 7 data bits 1 stop bit Rear Panel RS 232 DCE female DB9 Used for e User interface access through a direct serial connection e User interface access through an external modem The optional ERLPhase Modem Adapter converts this port to a Data Terminal Equipment DTE to simplify connection to an external modem e Default Setting 38 400 baud N81 no parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit Rear Panel D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 4 1 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 2 IRIG B Time Input The recorder is eguipped to handle modulated or unmodulated GPS satellite time IRIG B signals The IRIG B time sig
45. FeconerAeconds 2001 01 24 Brawse Station Hame Identification Station Node Header Text Version Locationscorner Mame Station Munnbersl UnitldsHodel a jigs Format iz asc Low Speed 60sec Exported Channels Elernenti Wata Val 1 Magnitudla 3 Elementi Wa tst Val 1 Phase Element Mats Wal 1 Magnitude 4 Elererit1 Va tst al 1 Phase Elernenti vb tst VE 1 Magnitui Element Wb tst bl 1 Magritude Elementi b tst bl 1 Phase Element We tst el 1 Magnitud z Element etat Wc 1 Phase Elernent la tst lal 1 Magnitude Element la tst lal 1 Phase Unused Rec Chan Magnitude Unused Rec Chan Phase z Offset negative start times to begin at zero OF Cancel Figure 11 2 COMTRADE Settings The COMTRADE format IEEE C37 111 defines a common format for stor ing digital data records of transient and dynamic swing events It consists of up to four output files with the same base name and different file extensions con figuration files cfg header files hdr data files dat and optional informa tion files 1nf The COMTRADE Export Utility produces the configuration header and data files With reference to Figure 11 2 COMTRADE Settings Table 11 1 COMTRADE Export Settings Name Function Export to The base filename and directory of the output files are set using the Export to option By default the base filename is the same as the record you are exportin
46. Figure 10 65 Opening Impedance Screen TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Components and Controls e A text component displays the title at the top of the Impedance View shown in Figure 10 65 Opening Impedance Screen The title is compiled from items in the Title Options dialog box Default title is the file name and trig ger event The basic channel names are displayed below the title The 4 zoom is controlled using the sliding control on the right side of the window The R X plot aspect ratio is maintained under all zooming tools The graph zoom control offers a 10x zoom factor between minimum and maximum amplitude of the data R and X coordinates e The Time Window control provides a means to select the range of data for better presentation of R X values For example if the voltage and current channels are recorded from 0 0 to 0 2 seconds with 1000 data points using this control you can choose to view only 0 1 second data 500 points Time window width and position control can be used for the precise data analysis Control the X and O markers Create Impedance View with an TESLA LITE Record 1 Launch RecordGraph with an TESLA LITE high speed fault record and expand the channels in the tree view 2 Create an Impedance View using View gt Add or use the tool bar option 3 Select line voltages A B and C and corresponding line currents A B and C from the tree view Impedance R and X corres
47. Figure 4 1 Ethernet LAN Link You can access both the recorder s user interface and DNP3 SCADA services simultaneously with the Ethernet TCP IP LAN link through the network port Port 401 Both front and rear ports 401 are 100BASE T copper interface with an RJ 45 connector Connect to the LAN using a standard Ethernet cable with RJ 45 connectors By default the Port 401 is assigned with an IP address of 192 168 100 80 If this address is not suitable it may be modified using the relay s Maintenance Menu see Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 12 1 Modify the Default Gateway and Network Mask if necessary The Default Gateway may need to be changed if the recorder and the control panel or RecordBase are on different but connected networks The default setting is No Default Gateway The Network Mask may need to be changed if the recorder and control panel are on different subnets The default setting is 255 255 255 0 To modify the Default Gateway or Network Mask use the maintenance Menu command 1 Modify IP address If unsure of these setting contact your network administrator TESLA LITE User Manual 4 3 4 Communicating with the Recorder TESLA Control Panel Setup 1 Ensure that the computer running TESLA Control Panel has access to the Ethernet network to which the recorder has been connected 2 Start TESLA Control Panel 3 Choose the target recorder from the Select TED list in TESLA Control Pan el s Mai
48. Function Code 3 address 42052 Indicates the number of 16 bit registers used to contain the current event Event data is stored with two characters per register A reading of zero indi cates that there are no unacknowledged events available in the current set NB The Refresh Event List function can be used to check for new events that have occurred since the last Refresh Event List Fault Location Event Preset When Set to 0x464C Function Code 3 address 42053 Identifies fault location events These events are identified by FL 0x464C in this register Non fault location events contain in this location Read Event Message Function Code 3 addresses 42054 42137 Contains the current event message Two ASCII characters are packed into each 16 bit register All unused registers in the set are set to 0 Fault Location Fault Locator ID Function Code 3 address 42138 If the current event is a fault location event this register contains the ID of the fault locator The numbers from 1 to 5 are used for 18 channel record ers the numbers from 1 to 10 are used for 36 channel recorders Fault Information Type Function Code 3 address 42139 If the current event is a fault location event this register contains the type of the fault The following type bitmap 0x0001 Phase A Ox0002 Phase B 0x0004 Phase C 0x0008 Ground Any number of the flags may be set for a given fault If reco
49. Manual 8 45 8 17 Printing Printing a Configuration Printing a SCADA Address List ae tia p sij i TESLA Control Panel Config Ed z Bag Ex Configuration Listing for TESLA LITE file C Program Files NxtPhase data T eslaLite15 Configs 2012 02 29 14 35 49 tis identification IED Name Model ttings File Settings Date Settings Version TESLALITE TESLA LITE 2012 02 29 14 35 49 12Feb2815 15 35 401 m Device Serial Number Number of Banks System Freguency TESLA 3502 110518 03 TESLA LITE 5A inputs 60 Comments Sample Rate T PRO4000 in parallel system 96 Recording Limits External Inputs Chatter Window El Chatter Recovery Time Detector Chatter Window Det Chatter Recovery Time 1 1 4 4 Alarms Recording Alarm Contact Trend Alarm Contact SCADA Baud Rate Parity Mode IED Address Data Link Timeout Keep Alive Timeout 19200 DNPLANTCP 1 1000 0 UDP Response Number of Masters Connection Based On Configured Port 1 IP Address Master 1 IP Address Master 1 Port Address Master 2 IP Address Master2 Port Address Master3 P Address Master 3 Port Address 192 168 100 96 20000 192 168 1 2 20000 192 168 2 1 20000 SCADA Binary Inputs Name Value Group Point index Change Event Class et Ekei1 12 1 e1 Ekei2 1 2 1 1 Pagel Current IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 8 25 Print a Configuration Generate a Configuration print at any time by selecting Print Settings from the Fi
50. NN nA K 19 259K Yi 50 0K A f TELE oltage 004 i Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D 1 sati j NAV j Vottage 100 0K L 150 0K 1 iti f H x 0 056KA ti ummation m Line 1 la A Ph Current O 1454KA is A 1510KA atts m Line 1 lb B Ph Current m Line 1 le C Ph Current m Ext Input 1 Low m Ext Input 10 Low m External Input 11 Low i s Fel Seconds 0 100 gos 0 050 0025 0000 0 025 0 050 oole 04100 0 125 H pne al W 40157 Au Timeline Ay Overlay Display the selected trace data Mstart di e 6 scale Primary y GYe workima Bl adobe Ilust BJ My Computer JNaprojectsi V RecordGra Gi microsoft Po Ginbox micr 1 26 PM Figure 10 100 Copy Trace to Clipboard TESLA LITE User Manual 10 73 10 Graphing Records 10 74 Pasting exported data using Microsoft Excel 1 Open Microsoft Excel 2 Choose dit gt Paste Special Bile Edit wiew Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Acrobat O o catu iz 2 aele Alae 2 aril 10 B Z UJEEEH E O0 A Gi IE X ce Ctri x Copy Ctrl C A paste Ctrl Paste Special ee o x 31 x H4 4 MI Sheeti Sheet Sheet3 I4 If dl Num Ready I umi Astart 4 2 FElimbox micros Gyedworkimanu E Adobe tlustrator Gymy Computer 3JNAprojectsi46 V Recordaraph 2eMicrosoftExcel 1 31PM Figure 10 101 Paste Special Using Excel Pasting exported d
51. Ox3A 0x46 es mi 42071 0x4C Ox6F L o 42072 0x63 0x20 co 42073 0x42 0x47 B G 42074 0x20 0x33 pesi 42075 0x39 Ox2E ea 42076 0x37 0x20 Ce 42077 0x6D 0x69 m i 42078 0x6C 0x65 T e 42079 0x73 0x00 3 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Device Properties This document shows the device capabilities and the current value of each pa rameter for the default unit configuration as defined in the default configura 1 1 Device Identification 1 1 1 Device Function tion file Capabilities O Master Outstation Current Value O Master 6 Outstation If configurable list methods Vendor Name ERLPhase Power Technolo gies Ltd Device Name TESLA LITE Device manufacturer s hardware version string NA Device manufacturer s software version string NA Device Profile Document Version Number V01 0 May 17 2011 DNP Levels Supported for Masters Only Requests Responses Outstations Only Requests and Responses None Level 1 x Level 2 Level 3 None Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 1 1 8 Supported Function Blocks D03283R01 02 Self Address Reservation Object 0 attribute objects Data Sets File Transfer Virtual Terminal Mapping to IEC 61850 Object Models defined in a DNP3 XML file TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 1 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 1 Device Identifi
52. Port DCD RxD TxD DTR Common DSR RTS CTS No connection Notes IED is DCE PC is DTE Pins 1 and 6 are tied together internal to the IED 4 18 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 Table 4 5 Cable Pin Connections Male DB 9 Cable End for IED Port 4 Communicating with the Recorder Female DB 9 Cable End for Computer Port Pin on Cable Pin on Cable 1 1 2 2 Table 4 6 Signal name connections to pins on Modem Adapter Signal Name Direction Modem lt gt IED Pin on the Modem Adapter DCD gt 1 RxD gt 2 TxD lt 3 DTR lt 4 Common 5 DSR gt 6 RTS 7 CTS gt 8 No connection 9 Notes IED with modem adapter is DTE modem is DCE Pins 1 and 6 are tied together internal to the IED TESLA LITE User Manual 4 19 o Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 1 Recorder Workspace Selecting a Recorder Workspace D03283R01 02 TESLA Control Panel supports multiple recorders Each recorder has its own workspace within Control Panel that stores its communications parameters re cords and configuration files A separate workspace should be created for each recorder on your system to store its configuration files and records When first installed TESLA Control Panel includes a workspace for a recorder called TESLA Demo Unit It contains sample record
53. Processor Board consists of a DSP a power PC processor serial ports Ethernet ports an IRIG B processor a watchdog and a power supply that supplies the other boards All other boards are connected to the MPB as I O The MPB has a socket for an optional internal modem These board provide 9 and 18 digital input channels respectively Inputs are optically isolated externally wetted and factory preset to the customers re quested voltage level of 48 125 or 250 Vdc This board interfaces to the MPB The DIGIO provides 11 digital input channels Inputs are optically isolated ex ternally wetted and factory preset to the customer s requested voltage level of 48 125 or 250 Vdc The DIGIO also provides 7 contact outputs for relaying alarms and control This board interfaces to the MPB The Comm Board provides the TESLA LITE with two RS 232 ports IRIG B time synchronization input one network port and a modem port The RS 232 ports are female DB 9S connectors IRIG B is a male BNC the modem jack is an RJ 11 and the network port is RJ 45 Each TESLA LITE has 3 ASBs Two ASBs have 3 voltage transformer inputs and 3 current transformer inputs while the third ASB has 6 current transformer inputs These boards provide 12 current and 6 voltage ac analog measurement inputs The ASBs interface to the AIB The AIB provides the analog to digital conversion of the 12 ac analog current inputs and the 6 ac analog voltage inputs The sample rate is fixed at
54. RecordBase Central Station Do Not Connect If Do Not Connect is selected the TESLA recorder will not notify RecordBase Central Station of new records or cross triggers This is a global setting and can be used to temporarily disable notification Retry Attempts These rules are applied when the TESLA recorder fails to establish communication with RecordBase Central Station i e if the phone line is busy or if the network is down Maximum When the TESLA recorder fails to establish contact with RecordBase Attempts central station this is the maximum number of attempts it will make before giving up Delay Between Attempts Specifies the delay in seconds that the TESLA will wait before making another notification attempt Notify on creation of new Recording if Priority is at least Controls which records if any are automatically transferred to the RecordBase Central Station When a record is created with a priority equal to or greater than the specified value the recorder sends a New Record Created notification message to RecordBase The setting can range from 0 all records to 3 highest priority only Selecting Do Not Notify disables automatic record transfers completely Record priority is determined by the highest priority trigger included in the record Trigger priority is set as part of each channel s configuration TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 7 Passwo
55. Set Graphs Per Page 4dd Analog Graph 4dd Digital Graph Delete Graph Move Graph Change Scale Y Axis Copy Trace Paste Trace Delete Trace Delete All Traces Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Change Trace Color Active Trace Information Copy to Clipboard Save as Meta File Print Graphs Show Hotkeys M Ctrl 2 ER Alk Del Ctrl T P2 Ins Ctrl Ins Del Ctrl izbr Ctrl Chril Del Alb Chri 0 Alt F Ctri B EM Ctrl P Figure 10 59 Right Click Context Menu TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Timeline View Channel Information Record Information AR Recsedraph alld hy Yew Gah Messe Seals g Henie S w s SlA mladsi s zj slaj aj nj S waj e es go Em i HI E miti m mi a ihn AMAA eer Read out Markers v revans Basaran anon same i iil viv TIH LANA hah ki aaan 4 ine Cuori A y jili IV Vi Line Cuore 100 gt ay dasi A ira Vote K 100 I t eni ze Lavessnosy Dece PRO 2100 IMELI S eni 20 NOX O 0 Recd R m7 733 XML OM 54 403 ku n Niro mar eee ben DB P SO dra Sivo Das Bas dua ne law s Jgs S Tm REG 5m Figure 10 60 Timeline View e Timeline View is designed to stack channels and has single time line axis common for all the graphs e Fach analog graph in this view can hold only one trace e Each digital graph in this view can hold 32 traces 8 traces are preferred Selecting a channel f
56. Set Precision pra 2002Mayi29 10 21 41 000 Winnipeg Analog Input3 NxtPhase 2002Mayi29 10 21 41 000 Winnipeg Line 1 la NxtPhase 1 00 1 00 s i X 0 0115 A j 0 0015 4 J 3 p A 0 0000 A Ii i 1 00 J 4 0 z 1 i X 0 0074 A J i f O 0 0074 A d A 00000 A J 1 402 se X 4001384 i t O NN49 A hd 010 gos a 010 0 20 0 30 0 40 050 0 0100s 0 0500 s al 40 0600 s Scale Secondary JA LE Z 7 8 ala x elelee z taj af s HN Lle Le fe 150 5 100 4 ZAKONA ANALNI o 1080820 v 50 1 00 Phase 0 4th tir 2002 05 29 10 21 41 000 Manual trigger X 101 3462 V 0 DI TTT see 150 4 ae X 400262 V O 40 0759 V E i 1 A 0 0497 V EE 2004 sij X 0 5703 V 0 5703 V ZANE i i A 0 0000 v nk pada a odganja pk 100 H O 0 0115 4 X 0 0115 A 2002May 29 10 21 41 000 A 0 0000 4 Winnipeg 1 1 00 E 405 Line 1 lb B Ph Current 4 X 0 0074 A NitPhase H O 0 0074 A 2002 Maw 29 10 21 41 000 t t t t 1 40 0000 4 Winnipeg 404 i 4 0 Line 1 lc C Ph Current i X 0 0138 A NidDhoco a s O N N49 A ki Seconds 0410 go a 0 10 0 20 0 30 0 40 oso X 00100s O 0 0500 s a Na 40 0600 s FU Analog1 Turn major and minor ticks on all graphs On Off toggle Scale Secondary V Figure 10 44 Show X Axis Ticks Show X axis ticks on all graphs 10 26 TESLA LITE User Manual D03
57. Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 6 will not be available for use here TESLA LITE User Manual 8 23 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 8 Seguence Component Channels Descri ption Seguence Component Channels calculates positive negative and zero se guence components in one step The positive seguence component may also be used as an input to a watts vars or impedance function Input Analog Input Channels or Summation Channels can be used as inputs to a Se quence Component Channel Calculation The sequence component algorithm is applied to produce positive negative and zero sequence components Triggers e Positive sequence high and low magnitude e Positive sequence negative and positive rate of change e Negative sequence high magnitude e Zero sequence high magnitude To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers Reco rding High Speed Positive negative and zero sequence values at a rate of eight val ues p
58. Summary a lla shot si ui Bene p 8 s als Bs z allele A s of AN sle sila igre gapirar iF 2000 08 S06 T Leda vee o ej Lea Mag ligi pond Dharr ig a l i Embemuj ari Sere ccordsummary and Eventlist ENE MO Ponve Sequence Record Summary and Event List Zerg Se en u en Record Name figure262highspeedandswing tlr Trigger Time 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 st ev Speed harrei ialog Start Time 2002 Aug 31 22 08 00 417 Poire Sequence Stop Time 2002 4ug 31 22 09 00 417 Record Type fault and swing e Unit ID DRAYTON 230 Station Name DRAYTON stani s Serial Number TESLA 2000 990318 10 Product TESLA Fitauaret ritem Trigger Event 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Letellier Yseg seq Low Mag Event List Events 17 01 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Letellier V seg seq Low Mag 02 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 417 Prairie Yseg seq Low Mag 03 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 450 Letellier Yc k L G Low Mag 04 2002 4ug 31 22 08 20 450 Letellier Y a kY L G Low Mag 05 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 747 Letellier E OOS RXZF APT ON 06 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 753 Letellier El DC REDUCTION ON 07 2002 Aug 31 22 08 20 817 XFMR 1 lac Polarizing High Mag na 20002 Aua 31 720A 0 AA Letellier Vick 1 G Hinh Maca zl 4A m LI oh il jx Sane NIT TF RK My rms Figure 10 14 Show Record Summary Display the record summary and the event list of the active record in a dialog box File gt Iimport
59. channel should be placed on a digital graph to stack the traces A maximum of 32 traces can be specified per graph When the cursor is moved over the channel name following information is dis played in the tool tip window e Device name of the device example TESLA LITE Record name of the record Channel name of the channel Max channel maximum value along with the unit Min channel minimum value along with the unit X Offset whether the x axis has offset time alignment Samples number of samples Sample rate samples second IRIG B status indicator TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 Zoom Using the Mouse D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Den yah ME A Bza Ha Speed D harreki Analog pav eae s ME SAME di Jajaj is ial ar AL Lins Volga th n Ling Cameri H ia Lane Lureni L y Caner ZA K Cunard Z Aa Cement I Curent JE Ay Curent JE A Cumert JE A emeri di Cane d N Cunen C K ka itey di AL atte il nI Bas ka L Enteral S Z ranami Lowe Ler Lew Lire odi da eee CO OE g ALa a aj zm EET EY psf pee E He me Eu o E Cpa me ne am wee fea Figure 10 54 Tool Tip 1 Left click on any graph and drag to form a small box around the graph area 2 When you release the mouse the trace assumes new zoom position deter mined by the area of the zoom coordinates Erer a Z 7 D
60. contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 6 will not be available for use here 8 26 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 9 Impedance Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D03283R01 02 Impedance Channels calculate impedance from voltage and current inputs The channel can produce either single phase or three phase values Triggering is based on the rate of impedance within a defined impedance circle centered around the origin Analog Input Channels Summation Channels or Seguence Component chan nel can be used as inputs to an Impedance Channel Using Seguence Compo nent as an input results in a three phase impedance The impedance calculation continuously recalculates the apparent impedance from the selected voltage and current signals then subtracts an earlier calculat ed value determined by the Rate of Change Interval setting The impedance trigger operates if the difference is between the Minimum Change and Maximum Change settings and the calculated impedance is within Circle Radius of the origin Rate of impedance within a defined impedance circle Low Speed Impedance magnitude at a rate of one value per
61. cycle 5 Impedance Channels are available Z1 impedance The impedance magnitude and angle readings are also available to the meter ing display SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA LITE User Manual 8 27 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings TESLA Impedance Function Configuration Element Type Description Impedance Index NewHement Ft 1 ki Voltage Input Jcunassigned gt si Current Input lt unassigned gt Rate of Change Interval io Cycle s Circle Radius 1 Minimum Change ROJ Maximum Change 100 Definite Delay 0 053333 gec Scale Actions mi Cross Soe Alarm _ enable Faut swing Log Motiv prosa oss REM Mm zoo PI TET Figure 8 17 Impedance Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 12 Impedance Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 7 Impedance Index Identifies the Impedance channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but sim ply ident
62. enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger OC 6 is Cross Trigger OC 7 is Recorder Functional Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 6 will not be available for use here 8 20 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 7 Summation Channel Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types D03283R01 02 Summation Channels combine up to three analog inputs to create a summed channel Each input can be scaled and rotated before it is summed Previously combined summation channels can be used as an input to a new summation channel Note Summation Channels are handled as phasor sums for trigger ing metering low speed recording and trending Both
63. for the required measurement For example the channel associated with Zca is chosen click this channel name for the selection Move the marker by sliding it to the desired location When you change the data range using Time Win dow control the cursors may disappear from the traces indicating that the markers are always associated with the data per urdi r eg file Yew Gah Morare Kala Orters teb BSNS NS Ss RJA see m di a de JE PRE PN w Figure 10 79 Example of TESLA LITE Swing Record Choosing Positive Seguence Voltage and Current Select a TESLA LITE swing record and expand the channels Click the posi tive seguence voltage and current RecordGraph automatically calculates and displays the positive seguence impedance TESLA LITE User Manual 10 53 10 Graphing Records ER ea EEE eee algia Be Yew Giph Bezura Seals dprera teb Tima iria DE tttbtittiiFEtErErE kA x hiari i Miba pr Ti n mi fa 1 Pa bagel PRE Figure 10 80 Example of TESLA LITE Swing Record Choosing Watt Var and Positive Sequence Voltage Channels Select an TESLA LITE swing record and expand the channels as shown Click the watt var and positive sequence voltage RecordGraph automatically eval uates and displays the positive sequence impedance Re ccordir apt 1 file Yew Gah Mesure Sake Opod teo BIO fe I mm ella Sle x zlelelel a slej z s HN vej VB 41 Leiser Vosa vseg Low Mag prodre Z Let
64. g Line 1 Channels that are logi cally related can be grouped through the use of the same element name Element Name 10 chars TESLA LITE User Manual 8 7 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 7 Channel Type Standardized channel type descriptors are automatically gen erated when you select the channel type Examples Phase A voltage Phase C current Neutral current Generic AC voltage dc voltage or current External inputs Seguence component set pos neg zero Summation of Phase A voltages Watts vars set PF Power factor Z1 Impedance Logic Logic function FLoc Fault locator Frequency Frequency one per channel group Description optional Often the combination of the Element Name and the Channel 12 chars Type is sufficient to fully identify a channel e g Line 1 Va In other cases the Description is required to clarify the channel name e g You might name an external input channel as Line 1 El BRKR1_a 8 8 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder Element and The Config Editor can display recorder channels in two distinct views Ele Channel Tree ment View and Channel View The title at the top of the tree panel indicates Views the present viewing mode The button at the bottom of the tree pane lets you switch to the other viewing mode Element Tree The Element Tree View organizes channel
65. ieee Heh So e f Time Window control Ay CU db tongs A Ci iiag so A 115 Ne Bavak l Ap TI EY ka Ve an 716 Fie Be Vie kV LG A Leini Va AD Pal vak Ap OE TIH lupe is resized to include only portion of the data A CE NBAS z A Giana piima Ay E iiei kan 150 wi i i Ay MEME 4 ix Palitra Tima Anic a a J wj v x kara ae yO TT la enga 5 te lt z ine Pe po A e milkAspi Peete y OB TEO ke Ange iji amp Rihanni x Ona ST KT 42 Ay OB 117 inuknga Ay CE 1170 Ran C kriar A R Ghea AG K Obema STE T 0 300 A CE Ve kag F earal s orali iws oa EV Time Window enlarged i i i i gt 7 200 150 100 50 0 Time Window s a Width s 14176 wl 0 200s 1183s Position s 0 200 X Marker d R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 O Marker A R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 Figure 10 68 Example of Using Time Window Control If you move the thumb track not resize to the extreme end then the traces are rendered in the new data range s sled ini tts tse RNI oa ODI 770820 At Later View steg Low Mag OVA Leteler Va KV LO Iam Prago Prasettgh Speed SU CD 114 la Anos Lo Pravo Phase ltgh Speed N morte lj m VB Lesie Vek LO he Mase tao ih Speed SB CB 1140 b Atg be Mase tate kh Speed na Vo kv Ay Page o kY iG Ay Laia Va kV LG Ay Letele vb RV EG Ap Letoia We kV LG A CO 0 ls np Ay bi bAnp Ay CB 4 kAret Ay hal isAnp
66. input or calculated can be trended Evaluated phasor magnitude and angle guantities will be recorded as separate channels Accumulation mode Minimum maximum average damped or undamped Sample Interval User selectable sample interval from 10 seconds to 1 hour in 1 second increments All channels produce trend data simulta neously at the selected rate Maximum number of channels Up to 45 channels can be trended simultaneously A channel with multiple accumulation modes is treated as multiple channels e g the trending of minimum maximum and average readings of a selected input would reguire 3 trend channels Trend storage The recorder can store 15 days of data from each trend channel regardless of the number of configured trend channels This is a non configurable parameter Channels and Triggers Analog Inputs High and low threshold positive and negative rate of change harmonic level THD level sags swells All triggers have independent controls for delay logging transient or swing record initiation alarm contact activation and cross triggering Summations High low threshold rate of change 2 or 3 input channels Positive Sequence High low threshold rate of change Negative Sequence High level Zero Sequence High level Watts Vars High low threshold rate of change Frequency High low threshold rate of change Im
67. is detected on the IRIG B port Recorder Triggered Green LED that is active while the recorder is in the process of creat ing a record Records Stored Green LED that turns on when there are records stored in the recorder s memory The LED will flash to indicate the Storage Alarm limit has been reached if so configured Test Mode Normally inactive red LED that turns on immediately on power up and goes of after the self test has been completed approximately 15 20 seconds Alarm Normally inactive red LED that indicates a failure has been detected by the software The presence of the Alarm LED means much of the system is functioning and can be accessed for diagnosis D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 2 3 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Installation of TESLA Control Panel software may require changes to your Windows system configuration for proper operation Please re view the instructions in this chapter to ensure proper setup The TESLA LITE CD ROM contains the following e TESLA Control Panel interface software e Firmware update with installation instructions e User Manual in PDF format e Mechanical drawings in electronic format 3 1 Installing TESLA Control Panel Overview D03283R01 02 You must be logged on to the target computer as a user with local administrator privileges to install TESLA Control Panel Once installed you may be logged in as a Limited User as administrator privile
68. is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including e True RMS Title e Minimum True RMS e Maximum True RMS e Average True RMS alta x i seje zl te a nj sei Sle Le E 284 Pagel pi i Bar Ba net tree TEET Dor i aed ii I NALNI ait et a i Pee EEIT ra piir omeji e T j i LAA AA Te AO OE i Bae eee k Ti ca via a a pope iT NI T e u u y V F ET iy 1 F TU i e i E Ul nov a A A A a s Bi m r AnA A m OZKO JU ry f in Figure 10 94 True RMS TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Harmonics D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records This option displays the harmonic contents magnitude of the desired channel along with the Total Harmonic Distortion THD in percentage 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure gt Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure gt Harmonics menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including e Harmonics Title e 2nd Harmonic e 3rd Harmonic e 4th Harmonic e 5th Harmonic e THD of fundamental the number of harmonics included in THD depends on the sample rate Ble Yew QA More oe y e Oprers Heb P
69. locations Uncheck the option Search removable media floppy CD ROM Check the option Include this location in the search Browse for the following folder C WINDOWS tiinst TUSB3410 In the window Hardware Installation The software you are installing for this hardware ERLPhase 4000 Series Device has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows XP or Windows can t verify the publisher Hit Continue Anyway In the window Completing the Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for ERLPhase 4000 Series Device Hit Finish To verify the installation was successful and to which comm port is the ERLPhase 4000 Series Device configured do the following In Windows XP go to Start gt Control Panel gt Performance and Maintenance gt Sys tem gt Hardware gt Device Manager gt Ports or if using Control Panel s Classic View Start gt Control Panel gt System gt Hardware gt Device Manager gt Ports 4 6 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 4 Communicating with the Recorder In Windows 7 small icons view go to Start gt Control Panel gt Device Manager gt Ports Look for the port number associated to this device ERLPhase 4000 Series Device Look for a COM where can be 1 2 3 etc Leave the default settings for this port It is recommended to restart the PC after the USB driver installation The defaul
70. not be available for use here TESLA LITE User Manual 8 37 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 13 Fault Locator Functions Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes 8 38 Fault Locator Functions produce distance to fault informations based on the impedance measured on the specified voltage and current channels The infor mation is logged and available through SCADA Initiating Event any External Input Channel or trigger detector from any other channel or function Voltage Channels must be Analog Input Channels monitoring voltage Current Channels can be Analog Input Channels or Summation Channels monitoring current The correct phases must be selected to achieve the desired results In most cases the Initiating Event input should be delayed by 1 5 cy cles to obtain accurate fault location information The delay can be set in the source detector or a Logic Function can be used as an in termediary to insert the delay When a user configurable event occurs the fault locator assesses the distance to fault using the user supplied line parameters If one or more of the imped ances 1s consistent with a fault on the line fault identification e g B G and location information is generated in the form of an event message N A Fault Locator Functions are not recorded 5 Fault Locator Functions are available FLoc When a Fault Locator Function 1s triggered it
71. of the element or the type of channel which the detector is monitoring Description 1s user assigned text available to further identify the detector e Detector is the type of detector TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Printing Event Log Controls D03283R01 02 9 Record and Log Management e State indicates whether the detector is picking up or dropping out In the case of external inputs this text 1s user assigned to accommodate different external devices Example of an event message from an External Input detector 2005 Jan 12 20 44 33 672 Line 1 EI BRKRI a open Example of an event message from a high analog level detector 2005 Jan 12 20 44 33 650 Line 1 Va High Mag active You may print or copy to clipboard all the events that are in the Event Log Right click or choose from the menu bar to print event logs while connected to the IED The event display is a static snapshot of the contents of the event log You can use the buttons at the bottom or a right click to access these functions In addition print commands are available under the File menu a copy com mand is available under the Edit menu and a refresh command is available un der the View menu Table 9 19 Copy Copies the event list to clipboard for pasting to other programs Refresh Updates Event List by getting a new list from remote IED and updates the Event List screen Erase Removes all events from remote IED Print bottom butto
72. on page 8 9 1 Right click and select Add Element or Insert Element from the shortcut menu Add Element creates the new element at the end of the present Ele ment list nsert Element creates the new element above your current selec tion 2 Type the element name and Enter The typed text replaces the New Element text Step 1 Right click and Step 2 Name element select Add Element and select Enter Identification O SCADA Communication O SCADA Summary a ENE Mie TESLA Control Panel Config Edit los Je File Edit Config View Help Element Tree EL ki a Tigis Dva Joan E E Fault Locat PF Detect 0 SCADA Communication e1 12 FO DNP Configuration Sea functi E K O SCADA Summary summation 0 0 0 Channels _ NewElement 0 0 O el O Seg functi O summation 0 0 0 0 0 ojojojo Figure 8 10 Add an Element To remove an element from the tree select it and press the lt Del gt key or right click and select Delete Element from the shortcut menu Channels can be created in either the Element Tree view or the Channel Tree View Element and Channel Tree Views on page 8 9 To create a new channel in the Element Tree view 1 Select the desired element in the tree 2 Right click and select the desired channel type If appropriate choose the type that matches the input you are monitoring e g Va For an ac signal that has no specific pha
73. otherwise a static lt Default gt template is listed as the first item Template files are matched based on IED serial number in the case of TESLA LITE recorders and are common in case of relay products B PRO F PRO L PRO T PRO If template files fora TESLA LITE recorder are created and stored for exam ple with serial number TESLA 4001 110518 03 these template files can not be applied to another recorder with different serial number such as TESLA 4000 091103 08 On the other hand if template files are created for relay prod ucts such as L PRO this template can be applied to any relay IED B PRO F PRO L PRO or T PRO Hence templates are IED based serial number based in case of recorders and product based in case of relays Double click or use the Enter key on the currently active record in the Re cordGraph tree list displayed in bold to apply the template or pick any desired template from the template list box Templates can be renamed duplicated or deleted using template manager from within the RecordGraph There is no limitation on the number of template files used as long as the hard disk space is available 1 Modify the existing template layout information and save the modified tem plate into a new file 2 Create new views and graphs by deleting the views from the existing layout and saving new ones into a new the template file If the template file is created from multiple records all the records
74. outlined in odd characters the font you have selected is not supporting line drawing characters 3 Select the device on your PC you will communicate through In HyperTer minal this is done in the Connect Using field of its Properties control e For a USB link select port 450 e For a direct serial link select port 405 e For a modem link select the appropriate modem e Fora network link select TCP IP Winsock available with Hyper Terminal v1 2 or greater 4 Initiate the connection The TESLA LITE will respond with a login prompt e In HyperTerminal use the Call button or menu command to initiate the connection 5 At the login prompt log in as maintenance e Lower case e No password is required If you are asked for one there is a mistake in the login name Press Enter to get another Login prompt and try again 12 2 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Maintenance Menu Commands D03283R01 02 z hyperLAN HyperTerminal File Edit Wiew Call Transfer Help Co 12 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling TESLA LITE System Utilities v1 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 Modify IP Address subnet mask and default gateway if applicable View system diagnostics Retrieve system diagnostics Network utilities Monitor SCADA Save Recent Trend Data Exit x port 450 access only Please enter a command 1 14 _ Restore ALL default settings including calibration Restore only default r
75. over which both positive and negative rate of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles 8 25 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 11 Sequence Component Channel Settings Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 6 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel
76. serial number can use or share the template layout information A single IED template is saved matched based on the product not on the serial number and hence once the template file is created for one of the IED it can be shared by all the IEDs irrespective of whether they have the same or different serial number or from different recordings lt TESLA Control Panel Records xi File Trigger View Help Record Filter IV Get Remote Summaries r Record Summary Latest 25 Records Y JV Get Remote Events Record Name Multiple records selected FE Autopoli JU UMRecordGraph a zla x Records from TESLA Demo Unit Eile View Graph Measure scale Options Help lt Default gt Fal BEA rali ke Not connected to IED ci Ele E 2000 05 31 alalle S th a Aj me e E B Local recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 lc C Ph Current High Mag Ee recorddemo2 1 ze DNN a El 1999 06 25 FI Ex nek O 0 045K4 El Local Ea Negative Sequence 2000 Mayi31 16 31 25 366667 i i A 0107KA z recordeme Positive Sequence 0 5K H S ati i A 0 0 0 5K 0 8K Sai annels 1 0K 1 3K TRACD X Ib 6 0K gt x Boswell O 0 015KA 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 A IC Shop Trigger Faut Trigger Swing Trigger Both Main Menu EO i zaki TESLA Control Panel 4 0K Seconds 0 030 J o20 010 ofo 0o10 020 f_o30 0 40 a e y Anal
77. should be pre loaded into RecordGraph to successfully apply the layout information Layout information is applied one at a time If the template involves more than one record apply template double click on each record to fill respective channels The name of the recorder IED in the template file are displayed in the tool tip list box window when the mouse cursor is moved over it The tool tip also displays the product name and the user defined default template file name if one exists TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 Templates Menus D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Save Template Displays a dialog box only if lt Default gt template is currently displayed in the template list box Since lt Default gt template name is reserved for hard coded templates you must save the template information with a new name If any other template file name is displayed other than lt Default gt the layout infor mation is updated without the dialog box being displayed Save Template As Displays a dialog box to save the template The option Save as default tem plate if checked saves the template as user defined default template Refer previous section for more explanation on the user defined default template Template Manager Template Manager xi Set template location CaProgram FilestA PTIRecordGraphiTemplate Browse Template files AIB Freg test template Rename Basic V amp Duplicate
78. should be retained Selecting a local record and selecting the Export button launches the Export Utility Records can be exported in common formats such as COMTRADE for use in other software or playback Record Export Utility on page 11 1 TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 Delete Rename Refresh Trigger Fault Swing Both Recordings on IED File gt Select Remote D03283R01 02 9 Record and Log Management The Delete button can be used to delete records on the IED or locally More than one file can be deleted at a time using Windows file selection functions Ctrl Shift left click Select Rename to allow a local record file to be renamed Records on the re corder cannot be renamed Selecting Refresh updates the Recordings screen It checks the local directory and the remote IED if connected for new and stored files updates Control Panel s records database and refreshes the screen The recorder can be manually triggered to generate different types of records Trigger Fault creates a high speed transient recording Trigger Swing creates a low speed swing recording Trigger Both creates a combined record Note the Swing records may take up to 15 minutes to generate depending on the recorder s settings Shows the number of records stored on the recorder and percentage of record ing space used This function is available through the On IED menu If you are online with your TESLA LITE this function select
79. the Scale Fac tor and Angle Offset settings are applied for these uses For high speed recording Summation Channels are displayed as a the sum of the individual data samples with only the Scale Factor set ting applied High speed Summation channels are not recorded if a non zero Angle Offset has been specified Analog Input Channels or other Summation Channels can be used as inputs to a Summation Channel The summation can have two or three inputs If a Sum mation Channel is used as an input it must have a lower Summation Index Each input is converted to a phasor using a DFT function and 1s scaled and ro tated using the Scale Factor and Angle Offset settings The resulting phasors are added to form the summation The high speed recording of a Summation Channel is created by adding the in dividual data points from the input channels The Scale Factor is applied to each channel before the addition e High amp low magnitude e Negative and positive rate of change To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers High Speed generates a channel that is the sum of the individual data samples with the Scale Factor applied A high speed channel is not generated if a non zero Angle Offset has been specified on any of the summation s input channels Low Speed generates a channel that 1s phasor sum of the input channels at a rate of one phasor per cycle 10 Su
80. to automatically collect and store records from multiple recorders RecordBase provides fast network based access to collected records through distributed RecordBase View desktop clients 1 2 TESLA LITE Features Installation e 19 rack mount format e Small 4U footprint e Standard signals 1 A 5 A nominal ac currents 69 V 120 Root 3 nominal ac voltage de current or voltage Hardware e 6 voltage analog inputs 69 0 V nominal and 138 0 V peak voltage Supports e 12 current analog inputs 1 0 A or 5 0 A nominal and 40 0 A or 200 0 A peak current defined by installed CTs on the unit level e 38 digital inputs 48 125 250 Vdc selectable via jumper setting on the unit level e 7 output contacts 5 general purpose alarm contacts cross trigger output contact and 1 recorder functional output contact e 6 front panel LED namely Recorder Functional LED IRIG B Functional LED Records Stored LED Recorder Triggered LED Test Mode LED and Alarm LED D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 1 1 1 Overview Communication Ports Recording Triggers SCADA 1 2 e Front USB to serial COM port 450 e IOOBASE Ethernet with front and rear connectors 401 e SCADA 404 e Modem port for internal modem 400 e Rear COM port 405 e IRIG B 403 e Simultaneous operation in transient fault dynamic swing and long term trend time frames e 96 samples cycle 50 60 Hz transient fault recording Transient fault records from 0 2 to 10 0 sec
81. triggers High Speed records the samples generated from the A D converters at 96 sam ples per cycle Low Speed records the calculated phasors at a rate of one phasor per cycle Up to 18 Analog Input Channels can be defined one for each physical input Specific Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic In use where appropriate Generic Vac Iac The Analog Input Channel also produces THD and Single Harmonic readings that are available to the metering display SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA LITE User Manual 8 15 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings TESLA Analog Input Configuration Element Type Description Channel Module Type el ia current 14 n intemal 5 Units 300 A A Angle Offset Rate of Change Interval Single Harmonic Number Nominal Level A Vjew Set Scale o 10 v Cycle s udi 3 E A Actions oaa MEA DOL o obe oo lowie 1 A 4 ae Je PE e e e e U egatve Rate o range fo JA Jo se PIP IPF IP PF Pf JU Posie Rate of Crange o a lo ee PP PP IP IPF Sngetamenc a a ee PP IP IP IP IP if JU Total Harmonics a 1 ee PIP IF irr iri a a sedla pesi poseljeni elne eni rna sin jena re jen jen rn eT Figure 8 12 Analog Input Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 8 Analog Input Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The El
82. 0 zl le cura 1C Lom Mag A Analog egal mt lt 3 a My Analog krenil m ee IE 1 s 0 sl oaren TE Low Mag iy Analog Input hae Sa Sie lji oD ete rend 1B Low Mag Sapi OS DM 7 Mar JE 1108 AND pla urani A Lever biag agare DONTE My Losey Menge ag y Mma Magisa Ponye Segers Hgm turmimnary ari Lei List a a eo aa Por Seconds yw Timeline Figure 10 104 Show Record Summary D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 75 10 Graphing Records 10 12 Digital Channel Status Indicator Highlight digital channel which change state with different icons and list only configured channels in the tree view A mimic screen shot of the icons is shown below The lt default gt template automatically displays the digital chan nels which changes the state 5 TE ini xi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help bea 2S lt defauit 7 FR 7 S alal laja x aell wl tla a A S we 2 4 FE RELAYID 2002 04 19 15 54 02 4 High Speed Channels H Analog E External EI Spare 1 AEI Spare 2 EI Spare 3 A El Spare 4 m A Inp2 SOBF 2 Trip A El Spare 5 AEI Spare 6 AEI Spare 7 A EI Spare 8 A El Spare 9 A Inp1 50LS 1 High A lnp1 50LS 2 High 1 lt SPOTI Icon with changes Ali 50 Tip in the digital status dlnpl 51 Alarm A lnp1 51 Trip A lnp2 50LS 1 High A lnp2 50L5 2 High A Inp2 50BF 1 Trip A Inp2 50BF 2 Trip A Inp2 50 Trip s
83. 0 11 10 Graphing Records 10 12 View gt Titles ix Bile view Graph Measure Scale Options Help z e dla Ela x al elle wl tiM a A HAN mjaj 4 3 FE Add H Delete be Rename Tab sample TPR voltage A 115B 100 Copy to Clipboard COYOTE SUB Save as Meta Fie 2000 Nowi 5 13 06 47 000000 a Beulah ND ul v Show Channel List Title options E x View tite v Toolbar A IC2HV 5715 C Simple Special A lA3LV 5603 y IB3LV 5603 A IC3LV 5603 N S z m maximum of 5 items can be selected from the options list A IC4 LV 5604 Options Selected tem s IA5 TV T x IB5TVT Record name Record name A IC5TVI Station name Trigger event y la Operating Location A lb Operating Trigger time A le Operating UnitID or relay y la Restraint Product type A Ib Restraint Serial number bose Nv m Restraint Trigger event uti xternal le Summation System frequency Priority Apply Close Secor Dv Timeline Select Graph and View title options Scale Secondary h Figure 10 18 Titles Select graph and view titles options to compile titles and various options see View and Graph Titles on page 10 62 View gt Copy to Clipboard Copy an active view to the clipboard for import to another program such as MS Word or Excel Record Export Utility on page 11 1 View gt Save As Metafile Save an active view page as a Wind
84. 0 22 10 23 10 24 10 25 sequenc component channel 8 25 sequence component channels 8 24 setting Windows serial port parame ters 4 18 show record summary 10 10 signal connections 2 2 specifications A 1 start up 3 6 startup sequence 2 3 status bar 5 6 storage alarms 8 6 summation channel 8 21 8 22 symmetrical components 10 22 system requirements 3 1 T template manager 10 7 trend log 9 4 trend logging 8 44 8 45 trigger fault 9 3 trigger swing 9 3 true RMS 10 21 D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 V view channel list 10 13 W watts and VARS channels 8 30 8 31 workspace 5 6 add edit 5 3 settings 5 3 TESLA LITE User Manual Index Index IV TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02
85. 03 Off inactive On active External I P 4 10004 Off inactive On active External I P 5 10005 Off inactive On active External I P 6 10006 Off inactive On active External I P 7 10007 Off inactive On active External I P 8 10008 Off inactive On active External I P 9 10009 Off inactive On active External I P 10 10010 Off inactive On active External I P 11 10011 Off inactive On active External I P 12 10012 Off inactive On active External I P 13 10013 Off inactive On active External I P 14 10014 Off inactive On active External I P 15 10015 Off inactive On active External I P 16 10016 Off inactive On active External I P 17 10017 Off inactive On active External I P 18 10018 Off inactive On active External I P 19 10019 Off inactive On active External I P 20 10020 Off inactive On active External I P 21 10021 Off inactive On active External I P 22 10022 Off inactive On active External I P 23 10023 Off inactive On active External I P 24 10024 Off inactive On active External I P 25 10025 Of
86. 1 02 The recorder has hardware and software self check capabilities that work to keep it operational and provide an indication if a failure occurs Output Contact 7 on the rear panel is a normally open contact that closes to indicate a problem with the device The contact is controlled by a hardware watchdog circuit ensuring a failure is reported even if the unit s processors are not functional The state of the Failure Contract is mirrored by the front panel Recorder Functional LED Supervisory software continually checks all system processes Ifa failure is de tected an attempt 1s made to correct the problem through a software restart A software restart takes place quickly and does not activate any external indica tors If the failure persists the unit will initiate a hardware reset to attempt to clear the problem A hardware reset takes approximately a minute and half to com plete If the problem is not cleared after four consecutive reset attempts the unit enters the Persistent Error state In this state the recorder activates its fail ure indicators and stops initiating resets to avoid interfering with any diagnos tic investigation If the Supervisory software subsequently determines that the problem has been cleared it automatically returns the unit to its normal operating state clearing the failure indicators Normal Operation First Detected Error Problem Cleared Persistent Error Mode Pr
87. 10 SUM9 Angle 40786 180 to 180 10 SUM10 Magnitude 40787 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM10 Angle 40788 180 to 180 10 Sequence Metering Channels SEQ1 Positive 41025 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ1 Negative 41026 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ1 Zero 41027 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ2 Positive 41028 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ2 Negative 41029 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ2 Zero 41030 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ3 Positive 41031 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ3 Negative 41032 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ3 Zero 41033 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ4 Positive 41034 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ4 Negative 41035 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ4 Zero 41036 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ5 Positive 41037 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ5 Negative 41038 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ5 Zero 41039 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ6 Positive 41040 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ6 Negative 41041 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SEQ6 Zero 41042 0 to 3276 7 units 10 Watts Vars Metering Channels WV1P 41281 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV10 41282 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV1 S 41283 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV2 P 41284 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV2 Q 41285 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV2S 41286 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV3P 41287 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV3 Q 41288 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV3 S 41289 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV4P 41290 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV4 Q 41291 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV4 S 41292 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 WV5 P 41293 3276 8 to 3276 7 W 10 WV5 Q 41294 3276 8 to 3276 7 Var 10 WV5 S 41295 0 to 3276 7 VA 10 Frequency Metering Channels TESLA LITE User Manu
88. 283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Options gt Show Legends UM RecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help elje FE recordemol tir High Speed Channels es lt Default gt Calculate Derived Ghannels Now aixi Analog Ce y TRACD X Vac Vat TRACD X In Show Grid Show X AxisTicks T Show Legends L Show Trigger Marker Lock Markers TRACD X Ic TRACD X Ib Extend Print Range TRACD X la Set Phase Colors TRACD Y Vac Vat TRACD Y In TRACD Y Ic TRACD Y Ib TRACD Y la TR44B X Vac Vab TR44B X In TR4AB X Ic TR4AB X b TR4AB X la Mise ln TR18CD X In Misc in TR17AB X In Misc in TR17AB Y In TR44B Y Vac Vab TR44B Y In TR4AB Y Ic TR4A4B Y Ib TR44B Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 4b Unit 4 Yb Unit 4 e Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 1a Unit 4 la Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 1 Unit 4 le Misc In TR18CD Y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbe Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbe Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe Misc Vac Bus 4 Vbc Unit 4 Yac Unit 4 Yn y Analog Input36 External POP PPP CPP CPP PPP PPP CPP PPP CPP CPP COS Show Hide legends on all the graphs Set Precision O Unit 4 b Unit 4 Vb A Unit 4 VeUnit 4 Ve Seconds li Ay Overlay alej zial x glelejej z sij aj nj HN slej recordemot tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K 10 0K 5 0K 10 0K 15 0K 20 0K Figure 10 45 Show Legends Show or
89. 344 utc Local Time Manually Set IED Time enabled when IRIG is not present Manually Set IED Time Recorder Time Zone Setting s West of Greenwich ve numbered hrs z zb E East of Greenwich sve numbered hrs Adjust for DST Safe Shutdown Main Menu Records Trends Events Metering TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 7 6 Recorder Setup Utilities Time Control When the time is changed manually or by the application of IRIG B any ex isting trend and continuous disturbance recording data will be compromised You should erase this data after performing the time change Time is maintained in UTC format on the recorder 1 e without a time zone off set or daylight savings time applied If the clock feeding the IRIG B time sig nal to the recorder is sending local time the recorder converts it to UTC internally The time displayed in the Time Control screen above is determined by the ad jacent time display settings The recorder will automatically convert from its internal UTC time as required The Recorder Time Zone Setting determines the offset between Local time and UTC DST will automatically add 1 hour to the offset if appropriate Event timestamps in the recorder s Event Log are also controlled by the above time display settings They will be displayed as UTC or local times as config ured here Record timestamps shown in Control Panel s Records tab are h
90. 4 00772 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 5 00773 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 6 00774 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 7 00775 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 8 00776 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 9 00777 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 10 00778 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 11 00779 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 12 00780 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 13 00781 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 14 00782 Off inactive On active Logic Detector 15 00783 Off inactive On active High low speed recording active 01025 Off inactive On active High low speed recording space nearly full alarm Off inactive On active Trend Recording Active Off inactive TESLA LITE User Manual On active Appendix D 1 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 2 Trend Recording Accumula tion Alarm 01282 O Off inactive Read Input Status Function Code 02 1X References 1 On active Channel Address Value External I P 1 10001 0 Off inactive On active External I P 2 10002 0 Off inactive On active External I P 3 100
91. 5 1B TS A CTS1C TS Freese Delete Trace removes Ic Operat 1 N Pale this trace from the graph y Ib Restraint A le Restraint K H External 75 H Summation m PTV V 100 125 vi Seconds 0 080 0 100 0 110 0 120 0130 0 140 0150 0 160 a w 4 gt Ay Overlay Delete a trace from the active graph Scale Secondary Ui Figure 10 28 Delete Trace Select a graph and the trace to be deleted and use Delete Trace to delete from the active graph In the case of Overlay View a graph can have multiple traces You can select a trace by clicking on the channel name and use delete trace op tion to delete the selected trace TESLA LITE User Manual 10 17 10 Graphing Records Graph gt Delete All Traces UMRecordGraph NI di xj File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help AE Set Graphs Per Page E fanl pa Ej E a BEE E Add Analog Graph Ins S d 4 z x amp amp HE al wh 2 kil iN 2 8 AY Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr Delete Graph Del Move m mM TIS 125 Copy Trace Ctrl C Paste Trace Ctrl Delete Trace Ctri Del PT 41 Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D Change Trace Color Alt R Active Trace Information A CT31ALS AV CT3 1B LS A CT3ICLS A CT4JALS CT4 1B LS AT All are Riese A CTSAATS v za A CTSIBJS from T rana A CT51CTS y la Operating y lb Operating y le Operating y la Restraint A lb Restrain
92. 51 Record Priority 1 Records from TESLA LITE Unit ID TeslaLite15 2012 02 28 Graph Trigger Time Local Tue Feb 28 2012 10 48 10 791 On IED Events TeslaLite 15 2012 02 28 10 48 10 791 Get from ED iy Teslalite15 2012 02 28 08 59 44 233 02 2012 02 28 10 48 10 791 Gl tee Pz Teslalite15 2012 02 28 08 43 28 633 Get and Delete 03 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el la c E Teslalite15 2012 02 28 08 42 59 383 ee 04 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el la c S Teslalite15 2012 02 28 08 27 50 816 05 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 e1 Ib c gt 28 05 06 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 e1 Ib c By polije rejena pregreje sess 07 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el Ic c By alte 36 18 08 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el Ic c P Teslalite15 2012 02 28 03 35 26 825 port 09 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el Vc r H Teslalite 15 2012 02 28 03 31 10 425 10 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 Seq fur Teslalite 15 2012 02 28 03 30 02 566 11 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 summati IM kino acleapaiensdniegeeysy poe 12 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 summati desa 13 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 summati Delete Refresh 4 m 4 um a z z Recordings on ED 11 Trigger Fault Trigger Swing Trigger Both TT 733 Close Main Menu TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Reading trend event file info Figure 10 1 Launching RecordGraph from TESLA Control Panel When the Graph button is clicked from the TESLA Control Panel Record Graph is laun
93. 5A secondary current CT ratio for current channels dependent upon the format of CT installed in the TESLA LITE 3 Analog Input data points are user selectable the data points available in the device for any given Analog Input point selection can be obtained through the TESLA Control Panel software see SCADA Setting Summary 4 When a fault location event is available for any of the 5 fault locator functions associated Binary Input Fault Information Available for Fault Locator x default point indices 38 42 is asserted while there are still fault location events in the buffer size 200 When a Pulse or Latch is received for the Binary Output Re trieve Next Fault Information Event for Fault Locator x default point indices 6 NOTES 10 previous state is not important fault event information is put into the Analog Inputs default point indices 143 167 If there is no fault location event available when the Binary Output is pulsed the fault type is set to zero Not all fault loca tion events are reported trough DNP In a burst of fault locations from a fault only the first processed event is available through DNP all other events within the fol lowing 100 ms interval are ignored Outside 100 ms from the processed fault lo cation event the system accepts another fault location event and performs the same filtering The following bitmap id used for the fault information Type points 0x0001 Phase A 0x0002 Phase B 0x0004 Phas
94. 7 08 limited qty index 17 28 index 129 response start stop 129 response Echo of request operate direct op dir op no ack read freeze freeze noack freeze clear frz cl noack 06 no range or all TESLA LITE User Manual 129 response D03283R01 02 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile DNP Object Group amp Variation Request Response Outstation parses Outstation can issue Function Codes Function Codes Description dec Qualifier Codes hex dec Qualifier Codes hex response response response response 06 no range or all 129 response 129 response 129 response 129 response 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 129 response 430HuAset ess 129 response 30H unset esp 20 20 20 20 21 21 21 21 Hwi 21 iwi 22 jati 22 sea 22 PRE 30 Analog Input Any Variation 06 no range or all 129 response start stop 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited gty 17 28 index 30 Analog Input 32 bit with flag 06 no range or all 129 response start stop 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited gty 17 28 index 30 Analog Input 16 bit with flag 06 no range or all 129 response start stop 00 01 start stop 30 30 32 32 32 32 32 40 07 08 limited gty 17 28 index Analog Input 32 bit without flag 06 no range or all 129
95. 781 tpr bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr El High Speed Channels E gt Analog 1 zun uni Active trace information y CT11B HS m PT1 V4 y ll sae i LPRO 2100 9801 30 01 aie R20364 2000 11 08_04 25 57 313 Ipr A CT21CHS Current 2 C UNUSED CT31ALS N CT31BLS a Z Pori A CT31CLS o A CTAJALS ih 0 000 s A CT41B LS 3360 x lilacs Sample rate 5760 s A CT51B T5 IRIG B Input Unsynchronized CT51C TS x la Operating AV Ib Operating mem creel Ib Restrain in le Reni a E External E Summation ss 100 125 m Seconds 0 000 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0100 0 4120 0 140 014160 0 180 al imeline SU Timeine Ay overtay Scale Secondary 4 Figure 10 31 Active Trace Information Display the trace information of the active graph Measure Menus Measure gt Markers UM RecordGraph Im iol xj File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help AE z Ol 4 al Blrl x al ellie wl tla a A HS Mle a 4 a nk 8 ris bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr E Analog v Secondary 125 X 80 4252 AV Time Alignment H O 4398155 V x SNEJE Rees AV Fundamental RMS NU a in k Mm il an larmonics N ha Components DN i di v CT21CHS Amplitude readouts NEM corresponding to X amp O It AAT y CT514 TS A CT5 1B TS l AV CT5 1C TS y la Operating 25 y Ib Operating H AVOUT
96. 87 in Trip Zone i Dev 51 Trip 010 JL Dev 51 Alarm Dev 67 Trip 0 00 Dev 67 Alarm 040 Dev 59FT Trip Dev 59FT Alarm 0 20 Dev 5SFI Trip Dev 60 Alarm 2030 THD Alarm 0 40 Auzillary Alarm Ambient Alarm 0 50 Top Oil Alarm 0 60 E Summation 0 70 0 80 0 90 1 00 Seconds odo odo 020 030 odo o o O80 070 O80 O90 1 00 BI gt a gt TU Timeline Delete a graph from the existing view Scale Secondary 4 Figure 10 24 Delete Graph Delete an active graph click any graph to make it active from the existing view or use the Delete key TESLA LITE User Manual 10 15 10 Graphing Records Graph gt Move I zali File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help BIS serere O O m m ol slej Blue eee zl tla s s HM lel el Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 119851 991101 105947781 tpr Del iC Delete Graph Es Up Ctrl Up Arrow Down Ctrl Down Arrow Event Input 9 JL Dev 87 Trip JL Dev 87 Restraint JL Dev 87 in Trip Zone Dev 51 Trip JL Dev 51 Alarm Dev 67 Trip Dev 67 Alarm Dev 59FT Trip Dev 59FT Alarm Dev 59Fl Trip Dev 60 Alarm THD Alarm Ausillary Alarm Ambient Alarm Top Oil Alarm E Summation 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 1 00 eea a O a a a a a a Seconds 000 O10 020 030 040 050 060 070 080 0390 100 al FU Timeline 4 io Move the active
97. A 232 SCADA Communication DNP 3 and Modbus Port 405 EIA 232 Serial Connection for PC or an external modem Ports 500 523 AC Current Inputs Ports 524 535 AC Voltage inputs Ports 100 117 200 235 and 300 321 External Inputs Ports 322 335 Output Contacts Ports 536 537 Power Supply 43 to 275 Vdc 90 to 265 Vac Port 538 Chassis Ground Figure 1 2 Rear Connections D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 1 5 2 Connection and Power Up 2 1 Mounting Case Grounding For drawings see TESLA Drawings in Appendix H The recorder is designed to be mounted in a standard It is 18 970 wide 6 930 high and 12 742 deep An additional 3 inches of depth is required for rear connections and cables WARNING To ensure safety and proper operation you must connect the record er s grounding terminal to the station ground Do not rely on the rack mounting screws to provide case grounding Ground the recorder even when testing 2 2 Power Supply D03283R01 02 A wide range power supply is standard The nominal operating range is 48 250 Vdc 100 240 Vac 10 50 60 Hz To protect against a possible short cir cuit in the supply use an inline fuse or circuit breaker with a 5 A rating Make the chassis ground connection to ensure proper operation and safety There are no power switches on the recorder When the power supply is con nected the recorder starts its initialization process See Installing TESLA C
98. A LITE User Manual 4 15 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 16 DNP Protocol The relay supports a DNP3 Level 2 SCADA connection DNP3 is available via a direct serial link or an Ethernet LAN connection using either TCP or UDP Serial DNP communications can be utilized exclusively via serial Comm Port 404 Comm Port 404 is an RS232 DCE DB9F port located on the back of the relay An external RS 232 to RS 485 converter can be used to connect the relay to an RS 485 network Network DNP communications can be utilized via physical LAN Port 401 Port 401 is available as a pair of RJ 45 ports one on the front of the recorder and one on the rear DNP communications can be used with multiple masters when it is utilized with TCP The data points available for DNP SCADA interface are selectable by the user Complete details regarding the DNP3 protocol emulation and data point lists can be found in DNP3 Device Profile on page Appendix E 1 File Edit Config View Help Element Tree Mapped to Group eS Mel is Identification oint Lis 5 O Limits X O Alarms inary Inputs O SCADA Communication External Input 1 LI DNF Configuration External Input 2 External Input 3 External Input 4 External Input 5 External Input 6 External Input 7 External Input S External Input 9 External Input 10 External Input 11 External Input 12 External Input 13 External Input 14 External Input 15 External Input 16 Pm eee al Lee a AT O Class Data
99. A ac 25 35 W de Alarm Contacts 7 Sample Rate Samples per cycle and per second 60 50 Hz 96 samples cycle 5 760 4 800 Hz Measurement Accuracy Current Measurement Accuracy 2 5 of inputs from 0 1 to 1 0 x nominal current ln 1 0 of inputs from 1 0 to 40 0 x nominal current lp Voltage Measurement Accuracy 1 0 of inputs from 0 01 to 2 0 x nominal current V Frequency Measurement Accuracy 0 001 Hz at system frequency Frequency Response The following are the highest harmonics of the funda mental frequency 60 Hz 50 Hz that can be passed at the available sample rates Sample Rate Harmonic 5 760 4 800 Hz 25th 1500 1250HZ Sample Skew All channels sampled simultaneously A D Resolution D03283R01 02 16 bits 65536 counts full scale TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix A 1 Appendix A Specifications TESLA LITE Power System Recorder Recording and Logging Transient Fault Record length 10 seconds O to 1 sec pre trigger time Dynamic Swing Record length900 seconds to 15 minutes 1 sample per cycle O to 60 secs pre trigger time Event Logging 250 Events in the regular log up to 1000 events per day in long trend log Long term event logging is part of the trending function Record Storage Up to 150 records Trending Available trend channels Any of the recorder s existing configured analog chan nels
100. BPRO 50LS 6701 poi ki Li Wes BPRO_SON fos pea r Import and register a template file Register as default C High Speed Import C Low Speed C Trend Close Figure 10 84 Template Manager Brings up the template manager dialog box which lists all the templates cur rently available Rename Renames the currently selected template Duplicate Copies the contents of the selected template into another file Delete Deletes currently selected template Save As Saves the selected template file from the template files list to the desired loca tion TESLA LITE User Manual 10 59 10 Graphing Records Template Tool Tip Template Single IED 10 60 Import Imports a file from any location to the current template location and registers the template as a high low speed or trend default template 1f one of the option is chosen Browse Sets the new template location This folder stores all the template files avail able for the analysis based on the recorder refer Templates section under Graphing Records for detailed explanations Close Saves the current information of the template manager refresh the template list box and exit the session Template Tool Tip f RecordGraph k zlal x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help HER E T alel EE x Al ely Temisto List nox I En TESLA Def Sak Comala El 1 TESLA 2000 98110 G3 r
101. Core waw Torey ba chap iSi TT Prane Gourd E 5 1 F g i T Puane Phase Freitas Fo ze PF Ze FF zeel fun eha imoedance Fr Dore prs s fide Zla F Tewa uta pi PD Bede E ea Hr Cer tere Ge Flecced name BENA NAKIT HM SF ka R Ohms 10 i i i i i 20 10 o 10 20 30 Time Window s aj Width s 0 0109 j 0 1667s 0 0510s Position s 0 0619 BRx scale Secondary Figure 10 72 Example Superimposing the Zone Characteristics In the above example phase phase impedances Zab Zbc and Zca are selected indicated by a check mark but only Zca is in the zoom range All the four zones mho characteristics are superimposed You can see that the Zca impedance has entered the Zone 2 and Zone 3 You can use a combination of zoom and time window control to analyze the precise time at which the im pedance enters the zones AT recordor ph a mane lElx jew Graph Measure pt File f easure Scale Options Help Relay characteristics data and Impedance Options irixil J F zA E x 2 APIE zl gih pi Aj AJ HNI ej aa r Select relay characteristics data from R20364 2000 11 08 03 12 31 843 lpr L PRO settinas file lO B Lid ating ai Cunent record D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed m JA Line Current A D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed Fil D12C Zbe Phase Phase High Speed m Line Current B D12C Zbe Phase Phase High Speed ile em f rrent C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed
102. D DZ DZDZ Va ES nee m a zj mi s 7Z a x aee sl z s HJ vie a E ty Line Votage fiy Line Vataj B Ay Line Vataze C Ay Une Dureri ny Une nen 8 y Lre Orern C ry Gumert 24 My Cuore 28 My Cumert 2C My Cumert JA x Cumert 1 av Ceni JC A Camert 44 y Cumert 46 Aj Cameri 4C y Bun Vatage 4 Ay Bun Vohage B Ay Ou Vage itera Suman Figure 10 55 Select a Section of the Graph to Zoom TESLA LITE User Manual 10 35 10 Graphing Records 210 x Ble Yew Gah Mora de i ujsisjeh m m N al sij gt alalla zj si 2 s S mle aa E Sieg AM Scale ari Figure 10 56 Portion of Zoomed Graph Follow the procedure 1 and 2 for further zooming Zoom Using the You can also use Zoom X axis Zoom X axis Zoom Y axis and Zoom Y Tool Buttons axis on the tool bar buttons to quick zoom in and zoom out 25 Repeat step 1 to zoom further Zoom only X or To zoom only the X axis select Ctrl key and use the mouse to draw a box on Y Axis the graph To zoom only the Y axis select shift key down and use mouse to draw a box on the graph Undo Zoom on 1 Right click on the graph to the context menu Graphs 2 Select the UndoZoom option 3 Graphs are redrawn to the previous zoom level 4 Select Reset Zoom option to reset the graphs to the initial zoom level This can be chosen at any stage 10 36 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Pan Grap
103. Delete Analog Input Delete External Input Delete Summation Delete Sequence IH Delete Impedance Show CH Delete Watts Vars mary Units SavelCse Delete Freguency Delete Logic Function d mane Config Edt Add three Pi Delete Fault Locator Current IED TESLA LITE Connected 4 Figure 8 11 Adding Analog Input Channels from the Element Tree Deleti nga To remove an channel from the tree select it and press the lt Del gt key or right Channel click and select the appropriate Delete entry from the shortcut menu 8 14 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 5 Analog Input Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D03283R01 02 Basic recording channels for the recorder s analog input signals The recorder s physical analog input channels The rms amplitude of the fundamental is calculated using a DFT function The resultant phasors are used for rate and level triggers metering low speed re cording trending and sag swell detection The single harmonic and THD de tectors are calculated directly from the input samples e High amp low magnitude e Negative and positive rate of change e Single harmonic magnitude e THD magnitude e Sag and swell To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting is applied to magnitude
104. Drawings Drawing 24402 714R00A May 5 2011 Front Panel Overlay Tesla Lite D02970R01 00 Rear Panel Overlay Tesla Lite and PMU D03014R00 00 18 970 18 547 212 17 953 TESLA LITE DISTURBANCE RECORDER 6 930 6 500 typ Figure H 1 Mechanical Drawings Appendix G 2 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix G TESLA LITE Drawings ILA S9Z 0 06 OPA SZZ 9 ev Kjddns Jamod SZS ts EZS e N 96 Huh GC uh ve Yuh EC uha CC uh bE uha 06 h 61 H STEE g 9l i C AJOMJAN L IOMJON WSPpoOlN TES IZS ozs 6LS epeueg Ul SPEJN 8IS ZLS CS SiS PiS ELS ZLS 60S 80S ZOS 90S SOS vos 0S ZOS LOS 00S Po Bb gs a A gE Oh ME tee Se Sree Se See Se Se Sa ae s ndu EUJ9 X3 Figure l 2 Back View Appendix G 3 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 index D03283R01 02 A absolute time 10 21 10 64 10 66 AC 8 18 AC scaling 8 18 ac scaling 8 18 active trace information 10 19 10 76 alarm contacts 2 2 A 1 analog graph 10 14 10 31 10 34 10 39 10 40 10 41 10 42 10 55 analog input 7 11 analog input channels 8 15 8 16 automatic record transfer 7 13 autopoll 9 2 autoprint 9 2 C calibration analog input 7 11 dc channel 7 12 channel grouping 8 7 channel view 8 9 8 11 communication ports 4 1 4 18 configuation editor 8 4 configuration manager 8 1 8 2 8 3 connection status 5 5 control tabs 5 6 cross trigger not
105. E Summation Seconds f Timeline Delete an active view from the layout Scale Secondary A Figure 10 16 Delete Delete an active view from the layout When you select this option a dialog box appears to confirm the deletion of the view If accepted the current view is deleted from the layout View gt Rename Tab io x Bile view Graph Measure Scale Options Help ea z aj e alal Flajs x al alle z tla a nj AN mle s z sample TPR Titles voltage 4 115B Copy to Clipboard COYOTE SUB Save as Meta File 2000Nov 5 13 06 47 000000 Beulah ND v Show Channel List Line v Toolbar A3 LV 5603 B3 LV 5603 C3 L 5603 A4 LV 5604 B4 L 5604 C4 L 5604 JA5 TY T MTT B5 TY T i C5 TV t a Operating b Operating x c Operating il C2 H 5715 a Restraint b Restraint c Restraint 50 AV AV Ny AV AV AV AV A AV A AV A AV AV AV E om x S 3 3 D Renames this tab this tab f FU Timeline Rename an active tab replaces the name on the view tab Scale Secondary h Figure 10 17 Rename Tab Replaces the name on the active view tab with one of your choices A dialog box appears to enter the name D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 1
106. EEE 1344 data is not available Use IEEE 1344 If Present If Use IEEE 1344 if Present is checked and the source clock generates IEEE 1344 data the recorder e Uses the time zone offset from the IEEE 1344 data embedded in the IRIG B time signal e Reads the IEEE 1344 data to determine the mode of the incoming IRIG signal UTC Local Local with DST Otherwise the recorder uses the manually entered time zone offset and clock source mode settings Do not use IEEE 1344 If Do Not Use IEEE 1344 is selected the recorder will ignore any IEEE 1344 data in the IRIG B signal and use the manually entered time zone offset and clock source mode settings IRIG Source Specifies the mode of the incoming clock signal Ignored if IEEE 1344 data is present in the IRIG B time signal and the Use IEEE 1344 If Present setting is enabled Manually Set IED Time Allows the recorder s clock to be manually set if an IRIG B signal is not present If an IRIG B signal is present but does not contain IEEE 1344 data the year can be set manually Recorder Time Zone Setting TESLA LITE User Manual Provides the offset from local time to UTC in hours For example Central Time has a 6 hour offset from UTC This setting is ignored if IEEE 1344 data is present in the IRIG B time signal and the Use IEEE 1344 If Present setting is enabled D03283R01 02 1 5 Analog Input Calibration D03283R01 02 7 Recorder Setup Utilities
107. ERL TESLA LITE Power System Recorder N User Manual Version1 0 Rev 2 Preface Information in this document is subject to change without notice 2013 ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd All rights reserved Reproduction in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd is strictly forbidden This manual is part of a complete set of product documentation that includes detailed drawings and operation Users should evaluate the information in the context of the complete set of product documentation and their particular applications ERLPhase assumes no liability for any incidental indirect or consequential damages arising from the use of this documentation While all information presented is believed to be reliable and in accordance with accepted engineering practices ERLPhase makes no warranties as to the completeness of the information All trademarks used in association with B PRO F PRO iTMU L PRO ProLogic S PRO T PRO TESLA TESLA Control Panel Relay Control Panel RecordGraph and RecordBase are trademarks of ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd Windows is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation HyperTerminal is a registered trademark of Hilgraeve Modbus is a registered trademark of Modicon Contact Information D03283R01 02 ERLPhase Power Technologies Ltd Website www erlphase com Email info erlphase com Technical Support Email support erlpha
108. Fixed at 5 000 ms solicited response Configurable range to ms message Configurable selectable fom ms Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 6 2 How often is time Never needs time synchronization Within seconds after IIN1 4 is set required from the Periodically every seconds master 1 6 3 Device Trouble Bit Never used IIN1 6 x Reason for setting Unable to access requested data or execute CROB assuming a valid request has been received 1 6 4 File Handle Timeout Not applicable files not supported Fixed at ms Configurable range to ms Configurable selectable fom ms Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 6 5 Event Buffer Overflow Discard the oldest event Behaviour Discard the newest event Other explain 1 6 6 Event Buffer e Single buffer for the Object Groups 2 and 32 size Organization 200 e Separate buffer for the Object Group 111 size 100 e Separate buffer for the Fault Locator events size 100 1 6 7 Sends Multi Fragment x Yes Responses No 1 6 8 DNP Command Assign Class Not supported Settings preserved Analog Deadbands through a device reset Data Set Prototypes Data Set Descriptors D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 9 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 7 Outstation Unsolicited Response Support 1 7 1 Supports Unsolicited Reporting Capabilities Not Supported Configurable selectable from On and Off Current Value
109. Functions D 1 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile E 1 Appendix F TESLA LITE Handling and Disposition F 1 Appendix G TESLA LITE Drawings G 1 MNENJ o a EAA ab deka TESLA LITE User Manual VII Version Compatibility TESLA LITE Version Compatibility TESLA LITE Firmware Setting Version TESLA Control Panel v1 0 401 v1 4 Please contact ERLPhase Customer Service for complete Revision History D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual PC System Reguirements and Software Installation Hardware The minimum hardware requirements are e GHz processor e 2 GB RAM e 20 GB available hard disk space e USB port e Serial communication port A serial port modem or Ethernet LAN connection is required if communica tion with a TESLA recorder is desired Operating The following software must be installed and functional prior to installing the System applications e Microsoft Windows XP Professional Service Pack 3 or e Microsoft Windows 7 Professional Service Pack 1 32 bit or 64 bit Software The CD ROM contains software and the User Manual for TESLA Control Installation Panel Software is installed directly from the CD ROM to a Windows PC The CD ROM contains the following e TESLA Control Panel Program for the recorder e TESLA LITE Firmware Firmware and installation instructions e TESLA LITE User Manual TESLA LITE
110. Graph Measure Scale Options Help B T Ja ATA Ea x elekea dia A A mle ael E recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 lc C Ph Current High Mag Rename Tab a X 17 219KY O 2 040KV Copy to Clipboard Save to Metafile i A 19259KV v Show Channel List v Toolbar H Zero Sequence E Low Speed Channels Analog Frequency Impedance Positive Sequence Summation m Line 1 Ja 4 Ph Current HI Vars Watts x D 056K 4 O 1 454KA A 1 510KA m Line 1 lb B Ph Current m Line 1 lc C Ph Current m External Input 1 1 i Low m External Input 10 m External Input 11 T IH Low H S re a gt a a a 1 Seconds 0 100 gos 0 050 0 025 0000 0 025 0 050 soje 0400 0425 pen al W A0157 MU Timeline Ay overtay Copy an active view page to a clipboard such as MSWord Excell etc Scale Primary Astart GV Kinbox micr GyE tworkima Kd dobe Fram By adobe tust 3 My Computer GyNitprojectsh N RecordGra E Microsoft Po 1 19PM Figure 10 98 Export Views TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 Copy to Clipboard Save View as Metafile 10 Graphing Records Copies view to the clipboard in order to copy into another document for ex ample Microsoft Word 1 To copy to clipboard select View gt Copy to Clipboard or right click on the graph to bring up the context
111. IEC 60068 2 1 IEC 60068 2 2 LCD contrast impaired for temperatures below 20 C and above 70 C Humidity Up to 95 without condensation IEC 60068 2 30 Insulation Test Hi Pot Power supply analog inputs external inputs output con tacts 2 kVrms 50 60 Hz 1 minute IEC 60255 5 ANSI IEEE C37 90 Electrical Fast Transient Tested to level 4 4 0kV 2 5 5 kHz on Power and I O lines ANSI IEEE C37 90 1 IEC EN 60255 22 4 IEC 61000 4 4 Oscillatory Transient Test level 2 5kV ANSI IEEE C37 90 1 IEC EN 60255 22 1 IEC61000 4 12 RFI Susceptibility 10V m modulated 35V m unmodulated ANSI IEEE C37 90 2 IEC 60255 22 3 IEC 61000 4 3 Conducted RF Immunity IEC 60255 22 6 IEC 61000 4 6 Shock and Bump 5g and 15g IEC 60255 21 2 IEC EN 60068 2 27 Sinusoidal Vibration IEC EN 60255 21 1 IEC EN 60068 2 6 Class 1 Voltage Interruptions Appendix A 4 200 ms interrupt TESLA LITE User Manual IEC 60255 11 IEC 61000 4 11 D03283R01 02 Appendix B TESLA LITE Hardware Main Processor Board Digital Input Boards DIB9 and DIB18 Digital Input ae Board DIGIO Rear Panel Comm Board RPCB AC Analog Sensor Boards ASB AC Analog Input Board AIB Front Panel Comm Board FPCB D03283R01 02 Description The TESLA is a modular high quality power system recording system It is available in 18 and 36 channel models The Main
112. LA LITE User Manual 10 5 10 Graphing Records 10 2 RecordGraph Menu Items File Menus File gt Save Template UM RecordGraph p lol x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help J m s glej Elvis x elelee zj tle aj al HN slej ale m Save Template As Template Manager recordemo1 tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped Print Unit 4 vaUnit 4 Va 200K Print Direct Print All Boswell HD 1999 Juni25 18 24 31 484028 Print Preview IC Shop Export Delete Import y Misen TRI7AB X In y Mise In TRIZAB Y In R44B Y Vac Vab TR4AB Y In TR4AB Y Ic R4A4B Y Ib TR4AB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vc Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 la Unit 4 la Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Ay Unit 4 1c Unit 4 le CPP PPP PPL y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbe y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbe 20 0K A Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe S r H r T r T 1 A Mise Vae Bus 4J Vbe econds 0020 0040 0060 0 080 0400 0120 0440 0160 04180 Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Vn al w y Analog Input36 nin Save the current graphical layout information into a file Scale Primary i 4 i Yu Timeline Figure 10 6 Save Template Use this option to save the current graphical layout information to a file see Templates on page 10 56 for further explanations on templates and their role in graphical analysis When this option is chos
113. Maintenance Menu and Error Handling on page 12 1 Configuration of the SCADA protocol and communication parameters is done through the recorder user interface Use TESLA Control Panel to connect to the recorder then go to Configuration editor section to access SCADA Com munication from the Elements Tree Setting descriptions follow From Config Edit select SCADA Communications e TESLA 4000 Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help Element Tree JO Identification SCADA Communication o m DNP Configuration ena Z O Point Map sie G Baud Rate 19200 jaki O Class Data fe Odd O SCADA Summary sia Data Link Timeout ms Oto disable Even O Channel Group Modbus ASCII C None O Meter Groups C Modbus Binary C DNP Serial Network C DNP LAN TCP Keep Alive Timeout s 0 to disable DNP LAN UDP UDF Response Number of Masters i Connection Based On Master 1 IP Address Port Master 2 IP Address Port v Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Save Close Main Menu Utilities Config Edit Metering Events Continuous Trends Records TFSI A 4NNN Cantral Panel Current TFD TFSI A Demn Init Connerted Figure 4 11 SCADA Protocol Settings TESLA LITE User Manual 4 13 4 Communicating with the Recorder Table 4 2 SCADA Protocol Settings Mode Mode Select one of the available SCADA modes Baud Rate Port 404 serial baud rate Default is 19 200 Parity Por
114. Options Help fea oe grema ii g alal Sial x eelle wl t aj AY ol mlaj 2 3 FE B bank 8 19851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr El High Speed Channels Zoom Axis Ctrl E 150 Pl E Analog al A PT1V1 Undo Zoom y PTI V2 Reset Zoom Ctrl R A PTIV3 AV CT114 HE A CT11BHS e A CTLICHS at CT2 14 HS A CT21BHS at CT21C HS dy CT31ALS A CT31BLS N CT31C LS A CTAJALS AV CT4 1B LS A CT4ICLS AV CT51A TS 0 A CTBIBIS CT51CT5 y la Operating y Ib Operating y le Operating seg y la Restraint y lb Restraint y le Restraint External H Summation 69 47 751441 Change Scale Y axis Ctrl 100 a O 150 lal Seconds 0480 0200 0220 O20 0260 O 0280 a Esl E Yu Timeline Zoom Out X axis Scale Secondary Ui Figure 10 37 Zoom X Axis Select this option to decrease the x axis range by 25 of the current zoom range TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Scale gt Zoom Y Axis UM RecordGraph E loj x File Wiew Graph Measure Scale Options Help D03283R01 02 lt Defa a bank 8 r19851 9911 El High Speed Channels Zoom X Axis Zoom X Axis Zoom Axis Ctrl Bi s alal Ba x eleele a a s Af HN mle ae a El Analog A PTIMI A PTIV2 Undo Zoom Reset Zoom Ctrl R Ay PTIV3 A CTLJAHE Change Scale Y axi
115. RACD Y lc A TRACD Y Ib A TRACD Y la y TR4AB XWac Vab A TRAABXIN A TRAABX Ic A TRAABXIb A TRAAB Xa AV Misc ln TR18CD X In AV Misc In TR17A4B In A Misc In TR17AB Y In y TRAAB Y Vac Vab A TRAAB Y In A TR4ABY Ic A TRB Ib A TR4ABY la y Unit 4Va Unit 4 Va A Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb y Unit 4We Unit 4 Ve y Unit 4la Unit 4 la AV Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib AY Unit 4le Unit 4 le y Mise In TRI8CD Y y Mise Vac Bus 4G Vbe y MiseVac Bus 4F Vbo y Mise Vac Bus 4E Vbe y Mise Vac Bus 4 Vbe A Unit 4Vac Unit 4 Vn aY Analog Input36 H Extemal Set Precision hd m Unit 4 vb Unit 4 Vb m Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 Ve Seconds Ay Overlay 78 Elle x eleele zj oe 4 AJ N slej ale recordemot tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K 15 0K 10 0K a X 49 4B78KY a O 2 6927KY S 6 7751KV 10 0K 15 0K 20 0K al Prints all the channels of the view for the entire data extent based on the current zoom level Figure 10 48 Extend Print Range it Entire data is printed in multiple pages at the current zoom level MAN 0 050 0 040 J 0 030 0 020 oop 0 000 0o10 0020 0 0363s w la O 0 0092 s 40 0271 s Scale Primary Print all the channels of the view for the entire data range in the current zoom level 10 28 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Options gt Set Phase Co
116. S zem A CT4 1B LS Ay CT4ICLS Ay CTSAATS 0 00 y CT51BTS Ay CTS 1C TS y la Operating 50 00K y Ib Operating y le Operating y la Restraint 100 00K y Ib Restraint y le Restraint H External um 150 00K H Summation Primary Scale V 200 00K 250 00K a Seconds 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0120 0140 0160 Ja wJ Yu Timeline Set scale to primary values depending on the scale Factor for the active view Scale Primary h Figure 10 34 Primary Set scale to primary values depending on the scale factors CT PT ratios on all the graphs in the currently active view The current choice primary or second ary is displayed on the status bar TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Measure gt Secondary E la x zz x elelee a 0 aj AJ mle ael E bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr 125 alls Markers BEES CrossHair ja PT1 V1 ST VITAL 1999 Movi01 04 59 47 781441 Absolute Time SUB EAST Fundamental RMS TA 2 g 3 0 a 8 gum T a gt 44 WONI Ea d wn DOO AT HI mews BR om OO 4 T 4 o gt straint H estraint 50 V Secondary Scale O Too v 70 3 JDJJOOOMNmMAM M ov je er hi a a Oo ee 2 ee O wo 3 ec x 3 0 BF PPP PP PPP PPP PPP PPP PPO ER w A ta 4 m Secon ds 7 E 5 D0 5 i 2 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 OMO 0 160 4
117. SHL 40532 0 to 327 67 100 Al11 THD 40533 0 to 327 67 100 Al11 SHL 40534 0 to 327 67 100 Al12 THD 40535 0 to 327 67 100 Al12 SHL 40536 0 to 327 67 100 Al13 THD 40537 0 to 327 67 100 Al13 SHL 40538 0 to 327 67 100 Al14 THD 40539 0 to 327 67 100 Al14 SHL 40540 0 to 327 67 100 Al15 THD 40541 0 to 327 67 100 Al15 SHL 40542 0 to 327 67 100 Al16 THD 40543 0 to 327 67 100 Al16 SHL 40544 0 to 327 67 100 Al17 THD 40545 0 to 327 67 100 Al17 SHL 40546 0 to 327 67 100 Al18 THD 40547 0 to 327 67 100 Al18 SHL 40548 0 to 327 67 100 Summation Metering Channels SUM1 Magnitude 40769 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM1 Angle 40770 180 to 180 10 SUM2 Magnitude 40771 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM2 Angle 40772 180 to 180 10 SUM3 Magnitude 40773 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM3 Angle 40774 180 to 180 10 SUM4 Magnitude 40775 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM4 Angle 40776 180 to 180 10 SUM5 Magnitude 40777 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM5 Angle 40778 180 to 180 10 SUM6 Magnitude 40779 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM6 Angle 40780 180 to 180 10 SUM7 Magnitude 40781 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM7 Angle 40782 180 to 180 10 SUM8 Magnitude 40783 0 to 3276 7 units 10 SUM8 Angle 40784 180 to 180 10 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 Appendix D Modbus Functions SUM9 Magnitude 40785 0 to 3276 7 units
118. Set Clear a line on the graph Scale Secondary Ui Figure 10 20 Line Place a reference line on the graph for Impedance and Differential views on ly Use Line in conjunction with the CrossHair measurement for quick read outs When you choose this option free form zooming is disabled Clear the line to enable free form zooming View gt Tool Bar Show or hide tool bar from the main window TESLA LITE User Manual 10 13 10 Graphing Records Graph Menus Graph gt Set Graphs Per Page ix File View Graph Measure ih Options Help 7 i a ais Z gt sl si tla s Rf HN le 4 2 FE pat eae Ins 2 kl s alal alal x Be 45 san mee ay Graph Ctrl Ins m mos TO 0 00 z Move Gi z 100 Copy Trace sa KC 7 1 00 ace Ctrl auo NEM D aces A A Ce Clipboard Gtri D ci or Alt R 1 00 Active Trace Information 1 00 y IAJV 5603 y IB3 LY 5603 y IC3 LY 5603 y la4 Ly 5604 1 00 y IB4 LY 5604 400 y IC4 LY 5604 i A IAS TY T y IBS TY T y IC5 TVt y la Operating 1 00 y Ib Operating y le Operating 1 00 y la Restraint y Ib Restraint y le Restraint I External Summation pla 1 00 1 00 v r T T T T T T T T 1 O Seconds 025 000 025 050 075 100 125 150 175 200 al e Yu Timeline Set eight analog graphs per page Scale Secondary 4 Figure 10 21 Set Graphs Per Page Set up the number of graphs per view up to eight graphs are allowed using the Set Graphs Per Page option Timeline
119. TRB zI Untitled A TRAABXIb A TRAABXJA on the Ay Mise In TRIBCD Ir SAPT_WPG1 Xerox Document Centre Ny Misc In TR17A4B In v Mpc In TRI7ABY in on 192 168 100 201 Y Vac Val A TR4AB Y In A TRAAB Y Ic A TRAAB Y Ib A TRAABY la y Unit 4Va Unit 4 Va Ny Unit 4 b Unit 4 Vb Ay Unit 4 c Unit 4 Ve y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la A Unit 4 b Unit 4 Ib Ay Unit 4le Unit 4 le y Misc In TR18CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbe y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe s 4h 7 A Misc Vac Bus 4 Vbe Seconds 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0 140 0 160 A Unit d Vac Unit 4 Vn al y Analog Input36 lt il ee sl i vu Timeline 20 0K Srale Drimarw Figure 10 10 Print Direct Send the active view directly to the default printer When this option is chosen the standard print dialog box is not displayed The active view is sent directly to the default printer for printing but you can cancel the printing if the print status dialog box is displayed File gt Print All File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help aS lt Derauit gt z 7 e dla Ela x aelel a td aj Al S Baje 2 3 Fa recordemol tir p recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in E 86U2 Ext Input Tripped El High Speed Channels El Analog 3 A TRACD X Vac Vab A TRACDXIn A TRACD XJe A TRACD Xb BOK y TR4CD X la m TR4CD X Vac Vab A TR4CD Y Vac Yab A TRACD Y In A
120. Version field lets you select between PTI version 1 and version 2 Please refer to PTI documentation for details on the differences of these versions Format Only ASCII format output files are available Format ASCII is the only format option for PTI TESLA LITE User Manual 11 Record Export Utility Table 11 2 PTI Settings Channel Selection Use Channel Selection to select channels to export You must select the channels from the record that you want to include in the output file For convenience the digital data recorded is classified into e High Speed Analog and external digital input channels sam pled at the high speed transient data rate e High Speed 480 sec Analog and internal logic channels produced 8 times per cycle e Low Speed 60 sec Analog input channels sampled at the low speed swing data rate Select the desired channel from the list with a left click Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection actions click Ctrl or Shift keys gt Place selected channels in the Exported Channels list box gt gt Place all channels into the Exported Channels list box lt Delete a channel from the Exported Channel list box lt lt Delete all channels from the Exported Channel list box Offset negative start times When checked this option shifts the negative time to start from to begin at zero zero 11 6 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 11 Record Expor
121. View Graph Measure Scale Options Help T T T 0 240 0 260 T 0 280 w A eh a alal Ea x eeel wl th aj A HAN mjaj 2 3 FE a la Scale Secondary zlo x aa alal lt Defa Zoom X Axis 5 bank 8 119851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl tt High Speed Channels Zoom Axis Ctrl Analog A PTI Undo Zoom A PTLV2 A PTIN3 y CTLJAHE A CT1 1B HS A CTLICHS y CT2JAHS y CT21BHS Ay CTZICHS A CT3JALS y CT31BLS Ay CT31CLS A CT414 L5 y CT4IBLS y CTAICLS A CTSAATS AV CT5 1B 1S A CTS 1CTS y la Operating y Ib Operating y le Operating A la Restraint y lb Restraint y le Restraint Hl External Hi Summation 59 47 781441 Change Scale Y axis Ctrl Seconds ME Reset the graphs to initial zoom level Figure 10 41 Reset Zoom 125 100 75 50 25 Reset zoom levels 100 125 020 000 020 O40 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr al Reset the graphs to the initial zoom level TESLA LITE User Manual O h Bl alal Ela x eelle z tla a sj AN melee e FE pa k 100 1 20 scale Secondary 4 D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Scale gt Change Scale Y Axis
122. a high speed summation record ing which uses sample by sample addition rather than phasor addi tion is not generated All other functions including low speed recording are available and will reflect the offset Trigger Settings Rate of Change Interval Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 6 to trigger another device Priority
123. able 0 1 0 00001 4 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 4 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 4 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 5 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 5 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 5 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 6 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 6 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 6 Zero Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 1 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 1 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 1 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 2 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 2Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 2 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 3 P Watt
124. ac ica nji fe misi x zlajvie zj jaj s sj 15 mlaj lt isjB eC VU NSI N n he s TAIO Y Vac Vab ESTA ee MU Harmonics ITAK HREN rr rimi rr rr PORODNE r v s of eens Sones ALI Scale Secondary Figure 10 95 Harmonics TESLA LITE User Manual 10 69 10 Graphing Records Sym metrical This measurement option displays the magnitudes of the positive negative and Com ponents zero seguence components of 3 phase voltage or current channel 1 Create an Overlay View you must have a 3 phase voltage or current chan nel 2 Place three phase voltage or current channels on the graph 3 Select the Measure gt Symmetrical Components menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including SymCom Title e Positive sequence component magnitude e Negative sequence magnitude e Zero sequence magnitude Symmetrical Components ze l AN A h N I i si IM tay IH Y HH IA MA amd li mi J y H Ait eter tua Hete itt riya i ON WE VU i PLT x jini a za UDE a Erge Time a L000 oat Primary Figure 10 96 Symmetrical Components 10 70 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records 10 8 Calculated Channels D03283R01 02 Calculated channels are virtual channels derived from the original recorded channels They are calculated based on the configuration information In the TESLA LITE recorder all the c
125. active Active External Input 22 1 Inactive Active External Input 23 1 Inactive Active External Input 24 1 Inactive Active External Input 25 1 Inactive Active External Input 26 1 Inactive Active External Input 27 1 Inactive Active External Input 28 1 Inactive Active External Input 29 1 Inactive Active External Input 30 1 Inactive Active External Input 31 1 Inactive Active External Input 32 1 Inactive Active External Input 32 1 Inactive Active External Input 34 1 Inactive Active External Input 35 1 Inactive Active External Input 36 1 Inactive Active External Input 37 1 Inactive Active D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 13 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Point Default Class Name for Name for Assigned to Events State when State when Description Index 1 2 3 or none value is 0 value is 1 External Input 38 1 Inactive Active Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 1 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 2 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 3 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 4 Fault Information Available 1 Inactive Active for Fault Locator 5 Logic 1 1 Inactive Active Logic 2 1 Inactive Active Logic 3 1 Inactive Active Logic 4 1 Inactive Active Logic 5 1 Inactive Active Logic 6 1 Inactive Active Logic 7 1 In
126. active Active Logic 8 1 Inactive Active Logic 9 1 Inactive Active Logic 10 1 Inactive Active Logic 11 1 Inactive Active Logic 12 1 Inactive Active Logic 13 1 Inactive Active Logic 14 1 Inactive Active Logic 15 1 Inactive Active High low speed recording none Inactive Active active High low speed recording 1 Inactive Active space nearly full alarm Trend Recording Active none Inactive Active Trend Recording Accumu 1 Inactive Active lation Alarm Output Contact 1 1 Inactive Active Output Contact 2 1 Inactive Active Output Contact 3 1 Inactive Active Output Contact 4 1 Inactive Active Appendix E 14 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Default Class Name for Name for Assigned to Events State when State when Description 1 2 3 or none value is 0 value is 1 Output Contact 5 Inactive Active Output Contact 6 Inactive Active D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 15 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 2 2 Binary Output Status And Control Relay Output Block Binary Output Status Group Number 10 Binary Output Event Group Number 11 CROB Group Number 12 Binary Output Command Event Object Num 13 Minimum pulse time allowed with Trip Close and Pulse On commands Capabilities Fixed at 0 000 ms hardware may limit this further Based on point Index add column to table below Current Value If configurable list methods Maximum puls
127. al Appendix D 7 Appendix D Modbus Functions Channel Group 1 Freguency 41537 5 6 f nominal to 7 6 nominal fre 100 guency Impedance Metering Channels Impedance 1Magnitude 41793 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 1 Angle 41794 180 to 180 10 Impedance2 Magnitude 41795 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 2 Angle 41796 180 to 180 10 Impedance 3 Magnitude 41797 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 3 Angle 41798 180 to 180 10 Impedance 4 Magnitude 41799 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 4 Angle 41800 180 to 180 10 Impedance 5 Magnitude 41801 0 to 3276 7 ohm 10 Impedance 5 Angle 41802 180 to 180 10 Event Information See Accessing 42052 42144 TESLA Event Information below Lengih in 16 bit registers of the cur 42052 rent event message Event Identification 42053 Event Message 42054 42137 Fault Locator ID 42138 Fault Type 42139 Fault Distance 42140 10 Fault Time 42141 42144 Power Factor Function 1 Level 42305 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 2 Level 42306 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 3 Level 42307 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 4 Level 42308 0 0 to 1 0 100 Power Factor Function 5 Level 42309 0 0 to 1 0 100 High low speed recording space used 42561 0 0 to 100 0 10 Trend Recording Days Accumulated 42817 0 to 90 1 Read Input Register Function Code 04 No input registers supported Response fro
128. alculated channels are added to the original re cord only once but are available any time to view with the RecordGraph ap plication Calculated channels differ widely depending on the product They are classified under high and low speed categories High Speed Calculated channels e Summation e Positive sequence e Negative sequence e Zero sequence e Watts single and three phase Low Speed Calculated channels e Summation e Positive sequence e Watts single or three phase e Vars single or three phase e Impedance e External Type and number of channels available for the view depends on the configura tion information Choose Options gt Calculate Derived Channels Now to add the calculated chan nels If this option is disabled then the calculated channels are already avail able TESLA LITE User Manual 10 71 10 Graphing Records File View Graph Measure Scale Options TESLA Ad pe High Speed Channels 5 o Ee Analog aa External m Negative Sequence pe Positive Sequence Zi Summation Sa Wi akta io opre era Sequence Lowy Speed Channels eis Analog a Frequency pe Impedance Positive Sequence i Summation Calculated Channels Figure 10 97 Calculated Channels 10 9 Exporting Views 10 72 Export active visible views to windows standard clipboard or to an enhanced metafile Following options are available e Copy To ClipBoard e Save As MetaFile 18 x File view
129. andled a bit dif ferently Record times are converted from UTC using the Windows Time and Date settings of the PC running Control Panel This enables records from mul tiple time zones to be normalized to a common time zone and format TESLA LITE User Manual 7 9 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 10 Table 7 4 Time Settings IED Time is displayed as UTC Sets the time display and the Event Log timestamps to Universal Coordinated Time UTC Note that UTC time is not affected by the Recorder Time Zone setting or Daylight Savings Time Local Time Sets the time display and the Event Log timestamps to Local Time Local time is converted to UTC using the Recorder Time Zone setting Local Time with DST Same as Local Time except Daylight Savings Time DST is factored into the time conversion Daylight Sav ings Time is assumed to be in effect from 2 AM on the first Sunday in April until 2 AM on the last Sunday in October Present Time Display When connected to a recorder the recorder s present time is shown and continually updated The specified time settings e g Local Time are applied to the dis played time Sync No Sync Display Indicates that the recorder is synchronized to an IRIG B time signal input Incoming IRIG Signal Properties These settings determine how the recorder responds to IEEE 1344 information in the IRIG B time signal and manually define the format of the incoming time if I
130. ang ren 3C Row 12fe1 lg B Da a Damped Sa JN Row 14 e1 Valag ph voltage Damped e1 VsAngoh votage Damped Row 15 Row 16 Row 17 Row 18 Row 19 TESLA Control Panel v0 02 f NewElement LotT Frequency Row 20 Seq functi Watts Seg functiVars Row 21 Seq functi VA summation VasumMag Row 22 summation lasumMag summation IbsumMag Row 23 summation lesumMag Damped Show Primary Units Contig Edit Current IED TESLA LITE Figure 8 24 Trend Log Configuration The TESLA LITE recorder can log periodic measurements over an extended period of time Up to 45 values can be logged at intervals ranging from 10 sec onds to one hour All recorder channels and calculated values are available for trending Event messages can also be stored in the trend log allowing them to be saved from the normal circular overwrite of the Event Log The trend log accumulates data for up to 15 days When it is full 1t can either be set to automatically overwrite the oldest data or to stop logging A near full alarm function is available The accumulation settings are defined in the recorder s Utilities menu see Recording Control Settings on page 7 5 To configure trend logging select either New Trend from the Config menu or New Trend from the right click context menu in either the Channel Tree or El ement Tree The Scan Interval determines the frequency of data logging It can be set from 10 seconds to 3 600 seconds one hour
131. ange latch 10263 Off no change On change External I P 8 Change latch 10264 Off no change On change External I P 9 Change latch 10265 Off no change On change External I P 10 Change latch 10266 Off no change On change External I P 11Change latch 10267 Off no change On change External I P 12 Change latch 10268 Off no change On change External I P 13 Change latch 10269 Off no change On change External I P 14 Change latch 10270 Off no change On change External I P 15 Change latch 10271 Off no change On change External I P 16 Change latch 10272 Off no change On change External I P 17 Change latch 10273 Off no change On change External I P 18 Change latch 10274 Off no change On change External I P 19 Change latch 10275 Off no change On change External I P 20 Change latch 10276 Off no change On change External I P 21 Change latch 10277 Off no change On change External I P 22 Change latch 10278 Off no change On change External I P 23 Change latch 10279 Off no change On change External I P 24 Change latch 10280 Off no change On change External I P 25 Change latch 10281 Off no change On change External I P 26 Change latch 10282 Off no change On change External I P 27 Change latch 10283 Off no change On change External I P 28 Change latch 10284 Off no change On change External I P 29 Change la
132. anize the many channels available on the recorder is to group them by the power system element they are monitoring With the Con figuration Editor you can identify each monitored element and use its name to group and identify the analog digital and calculated channels associated with it For example if you have a transmission line named 1 you can define an ele ment and name it Line 1 The channels associated with that element might then be Line 1 Va Line 1 Vb Line 1 Vc Line 1 Ia Line 1 Ib Line 1 Ic External digital inputs can also be reasonably associated with the Line 1 Line 1 EI BRKRI1 a Line 1EI 21N_ Trip Calculated channels fit the model as well Line 1 W V watts and vars Line 1 Iseq current channel sequence components Channel Types and Naming Channel names consist of three parts the Element Name the Channel Type and an optional Descripton field These fields are combined to produce the full channel name in the format Element Type Description e g Line 1 EI BRKRI a This is the name that will appear beside a channel when it is displayed in a graph or a log For example the recorder s Event Log might contain this entry for a change in state of a external input 2005 Jan 12 20 44 33 672 Line 1 EI BRKKI1 a open Details on the channel name components are given in the following table Table 8 7 Free form text describing the power system element associ ated with this channel e
133. ansferred first and only one new record will be transferred at each poll Checking Auto print will cause each transferred via Autopoll record file to be automatically printed on the default Windows printer using RecordGraph s default template Note that the Autopoll and Autoprint states are not persistent if Control Panel is disconnected from the recorder both Autopoll and Autoprint become un checked Autopoll and Autoprint are also disabled when the Records screen is closed Records can be viewed with RecordGraph ERLPhase s interactive graphing software To launch RecordGraph select one or more local records and select the Graph button Selecting a recorder file under On JED and then selecting the Get from IED button causes a record file on the IED to be transferred from the recorder to your local computer More than one file can be transferred at the time using Windows file selection function Control Shift left click This action will not delete the record on the IED The Get From IED and Delete button erases the records on the recorder after they have been transferred to Control Panel and verified When connected to a cooperative group Get From IED automatically transfers the corresponding record from each group member and combines them into a single group record Record Export Utility on page 11 1 Selecting a local record and selecting the Save As button copies a record to a specified file The tlr file suffix
134. ap pears The parameter required such as kO factor the line sequence impedance values the system voltage data and the other required information is initialized through this dialog box initialization All these values are read from the set tings file opened through the impedance option dialog box Table 10 22 Relay data and impedance options L PRO settings file Radio button to select relay characteristics from the current record If an L PRO record is selected this button is enabled Current record Ifa TESLA LITE or COMTRADE record is selected this button is enabled File Displays the settings file full path name from which the relay data is extracted to plot the impedance characteristics Browse Gives an option to select the settings file from any other location The file type filter reads or selects only lps file type if L PRO setting file is selected Impedance Options Impedance configuration option includes a number of other options such as Phase Phase Phase Neutral radio button Depending on this option and the type of channel different impedance options check buttons are enabled Configuration Zpos positive sequence impedance 3 phase basis Zan Zbn or Zen Zab Zbc or Zca Other Impedance Z Line Displays the line angle can be checked or unchecked Z Load Displays the coordinate of the load impedance can be checked or unchecked
135. aph j H le x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help ve ES pali ti s fj HIN ali aj aalala lt Default gt x Mi Ri Blid Mm raj oki XV 212 Al R20364 2000 11 08 04 25 57 31 1 View Title 20384 2000 11 08_04 25 57 313 Ipr Sia REN Li Ota D Zab Phase Phase High Speed m JA Line Current A D12C Zab Phase Phase High Speed y Line Voltage A D12C m VB Line Voltage B D12C Zbe Phase Phase High Speed m 1B Line Current B D12C Zbc Phase Phase High Speed m VC Line Voltage C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed mC Line Current C D12C Zca Phase Phase High Speed High Speed Channels HE Analog y Line Voltage B D12C y Line Voltage C D120 y Line CurrentA D120 y Line Current B D12C 50 y Line Current C D12C y Current 24 UNUSED y Current 2B UNUSED A Current 2 C UNUSED y Curent 34 UNUSED 25 y Current 3B UNUSED y Curent 3 C UNUSED y Curent 44 UNUSED A Current 4 B UNUSED y Current 4 C UNUSED y Bus Voltage A UNUSED 0 y Bus Voltage B UNUSED y Bus Voltage C UNUSED H External H Summation x 3 sa 5 Time Window width gt 4 Time Window and position control NI aj rer 75 50 25 0 25 50 75 Time Window s Le Width s 0 000 alr 0 167s 0 068s Position s 0 167 X Marker amp 4 6 X a nd O ma rke rs Dhms 673 645 T 0 167 O Marker A Ohms 673 645 T 0 167 4 summary A Symcom lin Harmonics R X Scale Secondary
136. ary Model TESLA LITE H O Channels Meter Groups Settings Fie Direct from IED O Trend Settings Version 401 Last Modified 12 Feb 28 15 15 35 Serial Number TESLA4001 110518 03 Configuration TESLA LITE 5A inputs Comments max 80 characters T PRO4000 in parallel system System Frequency 60 Hz Sample Rate gg Samples Cycle Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Records Trends Events Metering Utilities TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 8 4 TESLA LITE Configuration Editor Navigation Tree The left side pane of the Configuration Editor window provides a navigation tree to access the various sections of the configuration Selecting an item in the tree shifts the large right pane view to the appropriate topic Double clicking on a tree branch in the left pane that has a small to its left or selecting on the itself expands or collapses the tree Right Click Menu A right click in the editor provides you with options appropriate to your pres ent context For example you can create a new element by selecting the appro priate channel group right clicking and selecting Add Element Alternatively the same function is in the Config menu Closing The Close button is available to you when you are finished viewing or making changes to the Settings If you made changes the text on the Close button changes to Save Close as a reminder that Control Panel gives you an opp
137. at has a set amount of pre trigger data and a set amount of post trigger This is known as a normal length record If another trigger is processed while the re cord is being created the record may be extended to the full normal length of data associated with the new trigger Multiple extensions can occur up to the Maximum Record Length limit Records with combined High Speed and Low Speed data can only be extended during the High Speed data capture portion of the record Edge Recording mode tends to create smaller records that contain useful fault data around the start of the trigger but may not capture data for the entire du ration of the trigger TESLA LITE User Manual 1 5 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Duration Mode 7 6 To enable record auto extension for multiple triggers the Maximum record Length must be larger than the Normal Record Length At least small amount of pre trigger time is recommended to ensure the triggering event is included in the records Low Speed Recordings Sample Rate 5760 samples second Sample Rate 60 samples second Pre trigger Time 9 2 0 1 seconds Pre trigger Time 29 0 60 seconds Post triqger Time 1 0 10 seconds Normal Record Length 50 10 900 seconds Maximum Record Length 2 1 2 sd 10 seconds Maximum Record Length 120 60 900 seconds Trend Recordings Sample Rate 10 seconds sample Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR Records second channel Sample Rate RMS sa
138. ata from multiple events into a sin gle record and also to reduce the amount of redundant data in the records In addition the TESLA will combine data captured using multiple time frames into a single record In the TESLA there are two modes of capturing data Edge Recording and Du ration Recording Both modes are available for High Speed Recording only Edge Recording is available for Low Speed Recording Low Speed Recordings C Duration Sample Rate 5760 samples secon d Sample Rate 60 Pre trigger Time 0 2 0 41 seconds Pre trigger Time 29 60 seconds Normal Record Length 1 0 2 10 seconds Normal Record Length 50 10 900 seconds Maximum Record Length 2 1 10 seconds Maximum Record Length 120 60 900 seconds Trend Recordings Sample Rate 10 seconds sample Continuous Disturbance Recording CDR i Records second channel Sample Rete RMS samples secondichannel Storage Storage Alarms Accumulation Mode Status Alarm Limits Enabled Contact HightLow Speed Recycle w when full ACTIVE 80 full M Trends Recycle when full ACTIVE 80 days accumulated v CDR unsupported Not applicable for CDR data Unit Identification i Analog Input Calibration A Notify Safe Shutdown Main Menu Utilities TESLA Control Panel v0 03 Current IED TeslaLite1S Connected Figure 7 4 Recorder Setup Utilities Edge Recording In Edge Recording the rising edge of the trigger is used to create a record th
139. ata using Microsoft Excel Choose CSV comma separated variable format and click OK Eiere e eee alaizi Z T ipea Urasrta the pambenta of the Cipbosed ae a ka cikli izi sku k kt CE Urme Tack farat JB ta B Ni bje esas as Figure 10 102 Choose CSV TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Pasting exported data using Microsoft Excel Domain normally time data it can be date YY Y Y mm dd in case of trend data D3 tes pomt Format Tooke ta indo bek Acrobat pie leto 4 z ow 5 CLECE T oo ET TE D Beet 48 Figure 10 103 Paste to Excel 10 11 Record Summary 1 Click the record name to enable this feature 2 Choose File gt Show Record Summary to display the record summary ik Recar e iraph amma nav sl si dla maje x alele z tih aj nj 15 ojej lt 5 ANOETA IETF HAEE JE AAO Mm E TE 0 piena I Lier ilag S poa TI AMI te se Mm 7 High Sigel Chaneli bhun Ay ella ouemi a 20i Zla i Ce es lleguen 1E el io omeni 10 el la cimer ZA el beuman idi gl be zument 20 Renon Fasreary ard Event Lisi ol la cunami JA Frecord Mame AN KEME I 1 EMI MF Mm p ADRE p Trigger Tie 2012 Mae 06 11 08 39 200 ta sup sa Siei Tine AH 7 Mar 06 11055 MO alAbph valage Shop Time 212 Mer DE 10840 D00 oli Wie ph valige Und tr Terlalael5 pojejo Seni Maribor TESLA 11051003 el iuie 46 y st ie cument aC Trigger Event II 2 M arb 11 0879 20
140. ating SUB EAST y le Operating 50 y la Restraint as a VU N A le Restraint o MA NA A innn rz Trace pasted E External WN Ii Wi AV FE Summati 25 50 75 100 125 v Seconds 0 20 odo 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 1 00 120 140 al gt a gt FU Timeline Paste a trace replaces the existing trace with the one just copied using Copy trace option Scale Secondary he Figure 10 27 Paste Trace Add or replace an existing trace in the selected graph In Timeline View an an alog graph supports one trace per graph In an Overlay View you can select up to 32 traces per graph If you use the paste operation in Timeline View and if the graph has a trace it is replaced with the one just copied or adds the trace if there is no trace In Overlay View it adds the trace to the existing graph Graph gt Delete Trace lal x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Set Graphs Per Page talt BEE Add Analog Graph Ins z Mi 7 2 alal Eha x elele z tlh a 2 HAN male ale ee aa a Add Digital Graph Ctrl Ins bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr IC Delete Graph Del 5 Move Me Copy Trace Ctrl C Paste Trace Ctrl V 100 h Delete All Traces AHA N Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D 75 Change Trace Color Alt R Active Trace Information ako 50 A CT31ALS A CT31B1S A CT31CLS si A CTAJALS A CT41BIS 4 CT41CLS A CT51ATS mPTIV3 OF Ny CT
141. ator 5 Fault Information See note 4 above on DNP Time High how to access Fault Infor 16 bits mation Fault Information DNP Time Middle 16 bits Fault Information DNP Time Low 16 bits Fault Information Configurable 0 Configurable Distance Fault Information 15 k NA Type 1 The minimum and maximum transmitted values are the lowest and highest values that the out station will report in DNP analog input objects These values are integers if the outstation trans mits only integers If the outstation is capable of transmitting both integers and floating point then integer and floating point values are required for the minimums and maximums For example a pressure sensor is able to measure 0 to 500 kPa The outstation provides a linear conversion of the sensor s output signal to integers in the range of 0 to 25000 or floating point values of 0 to 500 000 The sensor and outstation are used in an application where the maximum possible pressure is 380 kPa For this input the minimum transmitted value would be stated as 0 0 0 and the maximum transmitted value would be stated as 19000 380 000 2 The scaling information for each point specifies how data transmitted in integer variations 16 bit and 32 bit is converted to engineering units when received by the Master 1 e scaled accord ing to the equation scaled value multiplier raw offset Scaling is not ap
142. b lei i Type Heron Document Cente 20 PS A Misc In TRIBCD X Ir ge i Ee a Ay Misc In TR17ABX In Pomeni a a oc Print tothe A TR4AB Y Vac Vab Cigar A TR4AB Y In TR4AB Y Ib a Bp A bei C Pager fompi SE Br ME Nm y Unit 4Va Unit 4 Va RK ze l Cintas A Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la A Unit 4lb Unit 4 Ib Or Cancel Ay Unit 4 le Unit 4 le y Mise Vac Bus 4E Vbe r z x A MiseVac Bus 4J Vbe Seconds 0020 0040 0060 0080 01400 0120 04140 0 160 y Analog Input36 lt il saa aac imeline s ii Scale Primary Z Figure 10 9 Print TESLA LITE User Manual 10 7 10 Graphing Records 10 8 Print the active visible view Use this option to select the type of the printer and other configurations associated with it through the standard print dialog box options File gt Print Direct BRecordGraph CC lx Fie view Graph Measure Scale Options Help fed Jefu x sj 7 e alal alal x eelle a td aj A AN wie Fa recordemol tir al recordemo tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped El High Speed Channels E Analog Unit 4 va Unit 4 Va y TRACD X Vac Vab awe Ay TRACDX In 1999 Juni25 18 24 31 484028 AV TRACD X Je IC Shop A TRACD X b 15 0K y TRACD X JA A TRACD Y Vac Vab A TRACD Y In RecordGraph Ay TRACD Y le A TRACD Y Ib A TRACD Y la N A TR4ABXVac Vab Printing A
143. b y Unit dle Unit 4 le y Mise In TRISCD Y y MisoVac Bus 4G Vbo y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbo y Mise Vae Bus 4E Vbo y Mise Vac Bus 4J Vbe Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Yn N Analog Input36 External Lock or Unlock Markers Set Precision m Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb m Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 Ve Seconds S iy Ay Overlay lol x recordemot tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K 15 0K 10 0K 5 0K 0 0 5 0 10 0K 15 0K 20 0K ji JIH X and O markers i fare locked 5 Figure 10 47 Lock Markers gt 7 ol B x al alse v aj a nf s af HN fe sei a X 9 48678KY T O 2 6927KV A 6 7751KY jos coca 50 0075 04100 o125 0 0363s 0 0092 s al ume ea 40 0271 s Scale Primary Lock or unlock X and O markers Options gt Extend Print Range Ni itecordarogh E 3 1 File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help recordemol tir El High Speed Channels H Analog y TRACD XVac Vak A TRACD XIn lt Default gt Calculate Derived Channels Now Show Grid G Show X AxisTicks E Show Legends L Show Trigger Marker z Lock Markers K A TRACD Je A TRACDXIb Extend Print Range A TRACDXJA Set Phase Colors GY TR4CD Y Vac Yat A TRACD Y In A T
144. be performed on each Up to 5 inputs Each can be an External Input Channel or the output of a trigger detector from any channel including other Logic Functions with lower Index es Boolean logic is applied to each input in succession e Active state e Inactive state Logic Functions are not recorded 15 Logic Functions are available Logic The output of the Logic functions is available to the metering display SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA LITE User Manual 8 35 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings 8 36 re ii TESLA Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help Element Tree Identification O SCADA Communication O DNP Configuration O SCADA Summary O Channels 30 el Analog Inputs HO Extemal Inputs 0 Seg functi O Sequence Functions O Watts Vars Functions summation NewElement Impedance Functions O Watts Vars Functions Logic Functions M Logic O Frequency 1 O Meter Groups OO Trend Main Menu Records TESLA Control Panel v0 02 gt Show Channel Tree Hide Tree i TESLA Logic Function Configuration Element Type Description NewHement Logic Logic Function Index input 1 lt unassigned gt v Delay Module NOINV Assert 0 ms input z lt unassigned gt z Deassert 0 ms ACTIVE State State INACTIVE State Active Inactive Trends Events Metering Ut
145. before a trig ger is declared 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 6 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 6 will not be available for use here 8 32 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 11 Freguency Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Reco
146. cation 1 1 9 Notable Additions Capabilities e Start stop qualifier codes 0x00 and 0x01 limited guantity gualifier codes 0x07 and 0x08 and indi ces qualifier codes 0x17 and 0x28 for Binary In puts Binary Outputs and Analog Inputs object groups 1 10 and 30 32 bit and 16 bit Analog Inputs with and without flag variations 1 2 3 and 4 Analog Input events with time variations 3 and 4 Fault Location information as analog readings Event Log messages as Object groups 110 and 111 Current Value If configurable list methods 1 1 10 Methods to set Configurable Parameters XML Loaded via DNP3 File Transfer XML Loaded via other transport mechanism Terminal ASCII Terminal Command Line Software Vendor software named TESLA Control Panel Proprietary file loaded via DNP3 file transfer Proprietary file loaded via other transport mech anism Direct Keypad on device front panel Factory Specified when device is ordered Protocol Set via DNP3 e g assign class Other explain Not supported 1 1 11 DNP3 XML files available On Line RdWrFilenameDescription of Contents dnpDP xml Complete Device Profile dnpDPcap xml Device Profile Capabilities dnpDPcfg xml Device Profile config values xml The Complete Device Profile Document contains the capabilities Current Value and configurable methods columns The Device Profile Capabilities contains only the capabilities and configurable methods
147. cation Ports D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 7 3 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Table 7 2 Communication Settings Service Port The Service Port is Port 450 on the front of the recorder It can be used for connection with TESLA Control Panel or a terminal program to access the Maintenance Menu Baud Rate Sets the baud rate of the port The default baud rate is 115 200 N81 baud Note The baud rate must match that of the port of the compu ter connected to this port For details about changing the baud rate see Setting Windows Serial Port Parameters on page 4 18 For best results use the maximum baud rate that your com munication link and eguipment can sustain Direct Modem Port The Direct Modem Port refers to either the recorder s rear panel Port 405 or its optional Internal Modem port depending on the Port Select setting Port Select Direct Serial Port 405 is enabled for a direct serial connection with TESLA Control Panel or a terminal program to access the Maintenance Menu External Modem Port 405 can be used to connect to an exter nal modem through a serial link Internal Modem Enables a modem connection through the recorder s rear panel RJ 11 Internal Modem Port Requires that the recorder has the internal modem option installed The internal modem can be disabled through the Maintenance Menu Baud Rate Sets the baud rate of port 405 The default baud rate is 38 400 baud For a
148. ched with the selected record TESLA LITE User Manual 10 1 10 Graphing Records 10 2 Method 2 Auto Print If the Auto Print option is checked enabled in the Records list view then Re cordGraph will be automatically launched and prints the channels directly on to the Default printer The layout and channel information is predefined in the lt Default gt or User defined template Method 3 Trends 1 Double click Trends from the Main Menu 2 Select the record from the list To select multiple records press Ctr key and click on the desired records 3 Select the Graph button at bottom of sereen Double click Logging Trends Events from Main Menu Select a record E lame orrected Click the Graph button RecordGraph Window Figure 10 2 Launch from Logging Trends Events TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Launch 1 Open Windows Explorer RecordG raph 2 Select a record It should have valid extensions lpr Ipl tpr tpt tlr from Windows bpr bpl fpr Explorer 3 Right click the selected record 4 Choose the RecordBaseView gt Launch Graph option Select a record should have valid extensions lpr Ipl tpr tpt tlr bpr fpr
149. columns The Device Profile Config Values contains only the Current Value column Not supported 1 1 12 External DNP3 XML files available Off line Rd Wr Filename Description of Contents dnpDP xml Complete Device Profile dnpDPcap xml Device Profile Capabilities dnpDPcfg xml Device Profile config values xml The Complete Device Profile Document contains the capabilities Current Value and configurable methods columns The Device Profile Capabilities contains only the capabilities and configurable methods columns The Device Profile Config Values contains only the Current Value column Not supported 1 1 13 Connections Supported Appendix E 2 k Serial complete section 1 2 IP Networking complete section 1 3 Other explain TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile If configurable 1 2 Serial Connections Capabilities Current Value list methods 1 2 1 Port Name SCADA Port 414 1 2 2 Serial Connection Asynchronous 8 Data Bits 1 Start Bit 1 Stop Not configured TESLA Control Parameters Bit No Parity for DNP Panel Other explain Asynchronous with selectable parity 1 2 3 Baud Rate Fixed at Not configured TESLA Control Configurable range to for DNP Panel k Configurable selectable from 300 1200 2400 9600 19200 38400 and 57600 Configurable other describe 1 24 Hardware Flow Control None Handshaking RS 232 V 24 V 28 Options
150. conds in 1 second increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 4 to trigger another device Priority TESLA LITE User Manual Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 8 17 8 Configuring the Recorder Scaling Input Channels Sag and Swell Detectors Table 8 8 Analog Input Channel Settings Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 6 will not be available for use here AC Scaling When you sel
151. corder s input channels de rived calculated channels record triggers metering displays and trend logs It also specifies how the recorder handles record storage and excessive trigger conditions Configuration files are created and managed by TESLA Control Panel and loaded into the recorder s non volatile memory through the commu nications link 8 1 Managing Configuration Files D03283R01 02 TESLA Control Panel s Configuration Manager creates and manages config uration files and handles transfer to and from the recorder To open the Con figuration Manager screen double click the Configuration line in the left pane of the Main Menu screen The configurations shown in the Configuration Manager screen are specific to the selected Current IED To work with configurations from another recorder you must first select that unit as the Current IED from the Main Menu MK TESLA Control Panel Config Mgr toea File Help Configurations for TESLA LITE Present Settings 2012 Feb 28 15 15 35 T PRO4000 in parallel system ziv Saved Settings Load to IED 2012 02 29 14 35 49 2012 Feb 29 09 31 37 T PRO4000 in parallel system Copy Delete Rename Copy from other IED Main Menu Records Trends Events Utilities TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 8 1 Configuration Manager If a communication link to the Current IED is available you can work directly with the recorder s configurat
152. d Log Management 9 1 Records The Record management services are available from the Records tab accessi ble from the Main Menu fi os cpa PORAMI hip k Gaa Wf TESLA Control Panel Records a ge File Trigger View Help Record Filter V Get Remote Summaries 7 Record Summary Latest 25 Records v IV Get Remote Events Record Name Teslalite 15 2012 02 28 10 48 10 791 tir Autopos M Record Type Fault Record Version 51 Record Priority 1 Records from TESLA LITE Unit ID TeslaLite 15 2012 02 28 Graph Trigger Time Local Tue Feb 28 2012 10 48 10 791 On IED Teslalite15 2012 02 28 10 48 10 791 Get from IED TeslaLite 15 2012 02 28 08 59 44 233 Events gt 2012 02 28 248 i el Va ph voltage Low Mag a d 02 2012 02 28 10 48 10 791 el Vb ph voltage Low Mag UH Testolae15201202 28 08 43 28 633 Getand Dalete 5 03 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el la current 2A Low Mag m TeslaLite 15 2012 02 28 08 42 59 383 nm 04 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el la current 3A Low Mag Teslalite 15 2012 02 28 08 27 50 816 05 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el Ib current 2B Low Mag ks _nn 06 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el Ib current 3B Low Mag AH Tosialao15 20120228 0500 0604 UMRE AM 07 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el Ic current 2C Low Mag z Teslalite15 2012 02 28 03 36 18 708 08 2012 02 28 10 48 10 800 el Ic current 3C Low Mag z Teslalite15 2012 02
153. d Title Channel Names TT Ki 218 File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help E e ees i aalala EE z el lala lula x amp elle a tl a A HN ae s s E A Low Speed Channels recordem ont ordemot tir 1999 06 25 16 24 31 484 Digital in E 86U2 Ext Input Tripped High Speed Chai l i a Analog PA Ave i Us volne ve ue Instantaneous Channel TRACD X Vac Vab ital v TRACD X 15 0K A i H O 6 515KY Am plitude N RACD X1Ic 10 0K a A A f i A A li Ai A TAM Ja A 1 733KV RACD X lb VV A TRACD Xla 5 0K i i Ay TRACD Y VacVab H i Hy Mt ek taj K i A TRACD Y In i HA Analog Graph A TRACD Y Ic 5 0K gi A TRACD Y V lij HJA V 10 0K A TRACDY la AV R4 aB X Vac Vab 15 0K A R4 B X In A TRAABX Ic 20 og o xod A 05 5 5 X 0 054 s TR4ABX b 0 025 f osd 075 0 100 0 125 0 150 0 175 0 200 0 225 A TRAAB la a d s onor s Time Display y Miscin TR18CD X In Seconds a SOBE A Mis in TRIZABX In Markers locked one cycle apart N ak na ketna In Harmonic Magnitude RMS 44B Y Vac Yab p 10 0K m THO Ay TR4AB Y In 11 560 y TRASB Y Ic STH Bar Graph of A TRAAB YIb 12 254 Harmonics A TRAAB Y la m THD A Unit 4 Va Uni 4 Va z 120 Amplitude M Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Yb o z 10 15 20 25 30 y Unit 4 e Unit 4 Ve Harmonics y Unit 41a Unit 4 la Order E Mag V RMS E Phase uma poka RMS m Phas E Mag V RMS E Phase Table di splay
154. d is M1 for external modems These default values are all that are re quired for most modems f Save your changes close the Utilities tab and disconnect TESLA Control Panel Setup 1 Configure your computer to work with its modem Refer to your computer and modem documentation 2 Choose the target recorder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Pan el s Main Menu e If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button e The method of communication with the recorder is part of each IED s definition Use the Edit button to view or change this information En sure the Modem Link option is selected and the telephone number of the recorder s modem is entered D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 4 11 4 Communicating with the Recorder Internal Modem e For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 l 3 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button e A dialog box will appear to show connection progress The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar Modem Port RJ 11 Analog Analog _ Telephone Telephone Line Telephone System Desktop Computer Figure 4 10 Modem Link Internal You can access the recorder s user interface through a telephone link between the relay and your computer using an optional internal modem Port 400 if installed Connect the record
155. data is copied to the clipboard the discarded values of R and X values are not exported Table 10 21 Channel Types Quantities Supported Products High Speed HS Voltage and Current L PRO TESLA COMTRADE High Speed HS Positive Sequence Voltage TESLA and Current Low Speed LS Voltage and Current TESLA Low Speed LS Watts Vars and Voltage L PRO TESLA Phase and Sequence Low Speed LS Positive Sequence Voltage L PRO TESLA and Current Low Speed LS Impedance Phase and L PRO TESLA Sequence To add an Impedance view select View gt Add or the Add a View tool bar but ton From the dialog box select Impedance View TESLA LITE User Manual 10 43 10 Graphing Records 10 44 zl5l x s Help File View Gra Scale Options po HEERE untitled LRO m Fa S aal ee LPRO 2100 020N02 2002 08 19_15 1 High Speed Channels Graph Measure addview ued Timeline Z Impedance E E re rj click OK to create a new view Cancel Figure 10 64 View gt Add gt Impedance The Add View dialog box lists the Impedance View only if the se lected record is from L PRO or TESLA or COMTRADE records de pending on the record type When the Impedance View option is selected the Impedance screen is dis played The components and controls associated with this screen are described below 2 Basic channel names and derived impedance type Uf RecordGr
156. dem e Port 405 settings are accessed through the recorder s standard user in terface a Establish a network or a USB connection between your computer and Port 401 or 450 on the recorder run TESLA Control Panel soft ware and initiate a connection to the unit b When connected select Utilities in the Main Menu list and go to the Communication tab to access the Port 405 s settings 4 10 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 4 Communicating with the Recorder From Main Menu select Utilities then the Communication tab H TESLA Control Panel Main Menu E 10 x Ele view Help TESLA Control Panel Select IED ecord s SNA Set Baud rate do Enable modem sma fot Demi Lares Pet AE Deste 11x05 Pot sa Owe Sava nt s we bd LA tered kamna Mine patino eg MW Ona fae rar Meee fear Dry m Figure 4 9 Communications Setup Utility c Set the Baud Rate This will be the rate at which the recorder will communicate with the external modem It does not control the rate at which the modems communicate with each other Unlike a direct serial link there is no need for this baud rate to match that of the re mote computer A rate faster than the modem s top speed is recom mended to take full advantage of the modem s compression capabilities d Select External Modem e The Modem Initialization String lets you set any special command codes required by your modem The factory default for this fiel
157. details see Communication Port Details on page 4 14 Rear Port 404 is for SCADA and Port 405 can be used for direct serial access and external modem 1 Ensure the recorder port and your PC s port have the same baud rate and communication parameters 4 8 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 4 Communicating with the Recorder e Port 405 is fixed at 8 data bits no parity and 1 stop bit and has a default baud rates of 38 400 bauds 2 Choose the target recorder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Pan el s Main Menu e If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button The method of communication with the recorder is specified as part of its IED definition Use the Edit button to view or change this informa tion Ensure the Direct Serial Link option is selected e For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 3 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button e A dialog box will appear to show connection progress e The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar at the bottom of the screen Status Bar shows TESLA Control Panel software is connected to the recorder and the name of the Current IED Main Menu TESLA Control Panel Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Connected Figure 4 7 Status Bar If the connection fails check the following e The communica
158. dex NewHement 2 v Scale Rate of Change Intervals Cycles oe lt unassigned gt s Watts 1 Watts 2 Vars Current Input lt unassigned gt 10 10 v 10 v Actions Cross ee Alarm eb Faut swing Log sty Froger Pent Contac O JU O O lo ID Watts High Level Detector 1 lm Jslo Watts High Level Detector1 0 sec 0 sec qmm e n a a VATI prm Way yy iN STTTI TELL Wd lala TTTI annon nju Figure 8 18 Watts Vars Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 13 Watts Vars Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 7 Watts Vars Index Identifies the watts vars channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but simply identifies which of the internal virtual watts vars channels will be used You can select any available channel without restriction If th
159. direct serial connection on Port 405 the baud rate must match that of the port of the computer connected to this port For details about changing the baud rate see Setting Windows Serial Port Parameters on page 4 18 When configured for an internal or external modem the baud rate specifies the rate at which the recorder communicates with the modem The actual communication rate between modems is less than or equal to this setting depending on what the modems can negotiate over the phone line For best results use the maximum baud rate that your communication link and equipment can sustain Modem Initialization When using an internal or external modem a modem initialization string can be entered containing modem control codes The factory default for this field is M1 Refer to the modem manual for details String For details regarding the data and functions available on the TESLA recorder s SCADA port see Modbus Functions in Appendix D and DNP3 Device Pro file in Appendix E 7 4 TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 3 Recording Control Settings Edge Mode D03283R01 02 The Recording Settings control the parameters of the High Speed Recording Low Speed Recording and Trend Logging For High Speed and Low Speed Recording the TESLA recorder can create up to three records simultaneously The TESLA employs sophisticated trigger combination algorithms used to combine d
160. e It s set as part of the recorder s configuration see Storage Alarms on page 8 6 Trend Accumulation Mode Selects whether to overwrite the oldest trend data when the 15 day storage limit has been reached or to stop trend The Storage Alarm can be used in conjunction with the Stop setting to provide notifica tion in advance of the full condition Trend Storage Alarm Limits When enabled you can enter a limit giving the number of days of accumulated trend information that causes an alarm condition Enter a number of days between 10 and 15 The storage alarm condition is indicated by flashing the front panel Record Storage LED and acti vating a selected alarm contact Note the alarm contact assigned to this is displayed as a read only value It s set as part of the recorder s configuration see Storage Alarms on page 8 6 7 8 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 4 Time Display and Settings Displayed Time Event and Record Timestamps D03283R01 02 The Time Control tab displays the recorder s current time and provides con trols to describe the IRIG B time signal input In the absence of an IRIG B in put there is a facility to set the time manually fi TESLA Control Panel Utilities File Help caj Time Display IED Time as Local Time Incoming IRIG Time Signal Properties Use IEEE 1344 If Present Do not use IEEE 1
161. e A CB 4 BbAnpi A CB 4 ic Amos v CB ladmpr N CS DAnpt CB ic Ano pjevam Time Window control is N CB ikAnet Ay TISKV Bun Val LG N VIS KV Ma VbkV 14 a VIS KV Bun Ve LG Ay Letele ac 270 Potok A B 114dlaAmpe A CB 11460ibAnpe T Ag XFMR E2 lat Neural CB 110a Anpe CB 1150 ibAmpe CORSO kn Ny FHA 81 lac Polamang Ay OB 118Dladeos N i 1100ibAnps A CB 60sec Ampe CD 110 laAnos Ay B 11MibAnpe Ay OB 1170lcAngps Catena Time Window enlarged i 200 moved to include different range of the data Vaan 1176 Postion s 000 R OPEN 108 259 x Ort SY 605 F 0 200 R Ceres 106 280 x Ori SST OO 100 50 0 Time Window s a Width s 1 176 w 0 200s X Marker 4 O Marker 4 1 183s Position s 0 007 R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 R Ohms 106 289 X Ohms 57 605 T 0 200 Figure 10 69 Time Window Control Moved to New Location TESLA LITE User Manual 10 47 10 Graphing Records In the above case the data is included from range 0 007 to 0 007 1 176 where 1 176 is the data width The 1 176 width remains same If you resize the thumb track then the width can be controlled or you can double click near the number 1 176 to get a dialog box to enter the data range precisely Me x or Ms apd fie Yew Gah are Kale Options teb we fewer OS z Sji x zlajvjej Bl sle z sj HIN Sle aioli A dialog box pops up to enter
162. e Analog Input 16 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 21 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Transmitted Value Scaling 3 Default Class Resolution Assigned to ta 6 Multiplier so z Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset Cean Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Analog Input 16 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 SHL Analog Input 17 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 17 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 17 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 17 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 SHL Analog Input 18 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 18 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 18 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 18 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 SHL Summation 1 Mag 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 nitude Summation 1 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Summation 2 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1
163. e Capacitive power factor is defined as a situation where the reactive power is negative A previously defined Watts Vars Channel The Power Factor Detector monitors the watts vars and volt amps values computed by its input channel and operates when the power factor is less than a user specified threshold Separate detectors allow separate thresholds for lag ging inductive and leading capacitive power factors To reduce the inci dence of nuisance operations you may specify a minimum volt amps setting Inductive power factor Low magnitude Capacitive power factor Low magnitude To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions the power factor triggers have a fixed hysteresis of 0 05 Power Factor Functions are not recorded 5 Power Factor Functions are available PF Power factor readings are available to the metering display SCADA and the long term trending function TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 Settings D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder MA 4 TESLA File Edit Config View Help Element Tree O Identification RR O SCADA Communication O DNP Configuration O SCADA Summary 2 O Channels 30 el O Analog Inputs Btemal Inputs Seg functi O Sequence Functior O Watts Vars Functic O summation NewElement O Impedance Functio Watts Vars Functio o O Logic Functions O Fault Locators J0 PF n m se of Main Menu Records TESLA
164. e user interface e Front or rear copper Ethernet network link user interface and SCADA e Direct serial link user interface and SCADA e External or internal modem link user interface only e Standard TCP IP communication protocol used to communicate with Control Panel and RecordBase software e SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Systems protocols DNP3 and Modbus DNP3 over Ethernet is supported Table 1 1 Port Numbers for TESLA LITE USB port 100BASE T internal modem IRIG B RS 232 SCADA RS 232 User Interface serial or external modem 1 3 Front Panel BD H G TESLA LITE DISTURBANCE RECORDER C Gq RECORDER FUNCTIONAL O RECORDS STORED IRIG B FUNCTIONAL RECORDER TRIGGERED TEST MODE ALARM 401 450 100BASE T USB C 5 ERL EF C amp gt J 1 Status LEDs 2 Port 401 Ethernet OG 3 Port 450 USB Figure 1 1 Front Panel USB port 1 4 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 1 Overview 1 4 Rear Connections Network 1 Network 2 IRIG B Output Contacts External Inputs External Inputs eee ea 737 VG 38 1 Ri ARR AG AGE AGS AR ADR AG 6 G9 AGAR ART Made in Canada Port 400 Internal Modem option Port 401 100 1000 BASE T Ethernet Network Port 402 Disabled Port 403 IRIG B External Clock modulated or unmodulated Port 404 EI
165. e C 0x0008 Ground D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 19 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Appendix E 20 TESLA LITE User Manual Transmitted Value Scaling x 2 Default Class Resoiition Assigned to Sye 6 Multiplier Sodi m Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset kami Description Ki 1 2 3 or none maximal 0 Analog Input 1 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 1 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 1 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 1 SHL 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 Analog Input 2 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 2 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 2 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 2 SHL 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 Analog Input 3 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 3 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 3 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 3 SHL 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 Analog In
166. e Generic Null Modem driver and select Next If you are given more than one option select the one that has the most recent date associated with it 7 Select the serial port you wish to use You are setting up a serial port to be used for a direct cable connection to a TESLA Typically COMI or COM2 are available on a PC for this purpose Select Next TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Phone and Modem Options a Dialing Rules Modems Advanced The following modems are installed us Add Hardware Wizard Install New Modem utaj Select the port s you want to install the modem on SY You have selected the following modem Generic Null Modem v2 1 2003 03 25 On which ports do you want to install it C All ports Selected ports COM1 COM2 Figure 3 3 Select Serial Port In Windows XP you may get a message stating that the Null Modem has not passed Windows Logo testing and asking Do you want to continue the installation Select Continue Anyway to continue 8 Select Finish and close the Phone and Modem Options and Control Panel dialog boxes TESLA LITE User Manual 3 5 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 3 3 First Time Start Up Starting TESLA Control Panel Data Location 3 6 To start TESLA Control Panel double click the TESLA Control Panel icon placed on your desktop by
167. e Metering item in the Main Menu tab s function list 4M TESLA Control Panel Metering File Help e1 la current 1 AMag 0 331 A etla current 2A Mag 0 815 A el lb current 1B Mag 0331 A ellb current 28 Mag 0779 A etlc current 1C Mag 0 337 A et lc current C Mag 0 822 A ella current 34 Mag 2 192 A elila current dA Mag 0 374 A ee lb current 3B Mag 2 224 A et b current 4B Mag 0 361 A elle current 3C Mag 2276 A el le current 4C Mag 0 427 A el Va ph voltage Mag 0 002 kV e1 Vb ph voltage Mag 0 002 kV Frequency 1 0 000 Hz el Vc ph voltage Mag 0 002 KV Metering O Show As Primary v Zoom Level 100 Freeze Close Main Menu Trends Metering Ltilities Config Mgr TESLA Control Panel v0 02 IA Current IED TESLA LIT Connected Figure 6 1 Metering Display The Metering display provides tabs at the bottom to select among multiple dis play screens The first two tabs Analogs and Digitals are the default tabs and present the readings from the analog inputs and external inputs You can define an additional ten user defined metering screens Setup of these additional screens is part of the recorder s configuration see Meter Groups on page 8 43 Metered values can be shown as either system primary or secondary quantities TESLA LITE User Manual 6 1 6 Metering Display Display Zoom Freeze 6 2 The magnifica
168. e Profile Capabilities and Current Settings for Device Database 2 1 Single Bit Binary Inputs Static Steady State Group Number 1 Event Group Number 2 The following tables identify the capabilities and current settings for each DNP3 data type Each data type also provides a table defining the data points available in the device or a description of how this information can be obtained if the database is configurable Capabilities Current Value If configurable list methods 2 1 1 Static Variation reported x Variation 1 Single bit Packed format when variation 0 Variation 2 Single bit with flag requested Based on point Index add column to table below 2 1 2 Event Variation Variation 1 without time reported when variation x Variation 2 with absolute time O requested Variation 3 with relative time Based on point Index add column to table below 2 1 3 Event reporting mode Only most recent All events 2 1 4 Binary Inputs included Always TESLA Control in Class 0 response Never Panel Only if point is assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Based on point Index add column to table below 2 1 5 Definition of Binary Fixed list shown in table below Complete list is TESLA Control Input Point List x Configurable shown in the Panel Other explain table below points excluded from the default configuration are marked with 1 Binary Inputs are scanned with 1 ms resolution 2 Binary Input da
169. e Symcom Figure 10 62 Symcom View Seconds Mag RMS Phase 159 39 81 opp NegSeg Mag RMS Phase 398 659 134 398 659 106 398 659 114 Mag RMS Phase AD 6 461 4 779 BO 6 461 77 co 6 461 77 0475 X00745 00 091 s A000178 x gelle zj t 2 A iihljejej ale e recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped m Unit 4 Ic Unit 4 Ic Scale Primary 10 Graphing Records Record Title Channel Names Instantaneous Channel Amplitude Display A B C Phase Analog Channels Time Display Markers locked one cycle apart Phasor and Symmetrical Component Graph Diplay of Phases A B C e Symcom View is designed to analyse symmetrical components of voltage or current channels e You must load 3 voltage or current channels to view the components and associated phasor plots from the same record e The view displays analog channels positive negative zero sequence phasors and corresponding table which contains numerical values of these components and phase angle e All the components are calculated in rms values e Channel instantaneous values are displayed on the RHS of the analog graph e Markers are permanently set on the graph one cycle apart Grab the marker and move on the time line axis to display new set of com ponents and phasor values TESLA LITE User Manual 10 41 10 Graphing Records Harmonic View Recor
170. e arrows to move the items in the list The option is saved into the template This option is not available for the Symcom or Har monic Views The option choices are e Record Name e Station Name e Location e Trigger Time e UnitID of Recorder e Product Type e Serial Number e Trigger Event e System Frequency e Priority TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Graph Title D03283R01 02 Title options X View title Graph title C Simple 9 Special A maximum of 5 items can be selected from the options list Options Selected tem s Record name Trigger event Record name Station name Location Trigger time gt UnitID or relay Product type Serial number x Trigger event System frequency Priority Apply Close Figure 10 88 View Title Options 10 Graphing Records Graph Title is the information that appears on the left margin of each graph Graph Title is a combination of various options When a new record is loaded the information corresponding to the options selected is compiled and the up dated information is displayed in the Graph Title dialog box You can choose any four options by clicking the arrows to move the items in the list The option is saved into the template This option is not available for the Overlay View The option choices are e Channel name e Trigger time e Station name e Record name e Location e UnitID or recorder e Sample rate e Equipment ID
171. e only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Voltage Input Identifies the voltage channels to be used to create the watts and vars These can be either analog input channels summations or posi tive sequences If you select analog or summation channels as inputs single phase watts and vars will be calculated if you select sequence channels three phase watts and vars will be calculated Current Input Identifies the current channels to be used to create the watts and vars These can be either analog input channels summations or posi tive sequences If you select analog or summation channels as inputs single phase watts and vars will be calculated if you select sequence channels three phase watts and vars will be calculated Trigger Settings Watts 1 Watts 2 Period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change Watts 3 for each Watts Detector is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Vars Period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change for Var Detector is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles TESLA LITE User Manual 8 31 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 13 Watts Vars Channel Settings Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present
172. e or three phase values Input Analog Input Channels Summation Channels or Sequence Component chan nel can be used as inputs to a Watts Vars Channel Using a Sequence Compo nent as an input results in three phase Watts and Vars Calculation Voltage and current are multiplied to calculate apparent power real power and reactive power Triggers e Watts high and low level 2 e Watts positive and negative rate of change 2 e Vars high and low level e Vars positive and negative rate of change e Dual triggers for Watts allows fault and swing recordings to be triggered by different settings e g Rate of Change Interval if desired To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions an hysteresis of 2 of setting 1s applied to magnitude triggers Recordi ng High Speed Watt and Var values at a rate of eight values per cycle regardless of the system sample rate Low Speed Watt and Var values at a rate of one value per cycle Number of 5 Watts Vars Channels are available Channels Types W V Notes The primary to secondary scale factor used by the Watts Vars Channel is based on those of its voltage and current input channels Watts Vars and Volt Amp magnitudes are also available to the metering dis play SCADA and the long term trending function 8 30 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Settings D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder TESLA Watts Vars Function Configuration Element Description Watts Vars In
173. e the packing material from the TESLA LITE e Dispose of the packing materials and box in a manner consistent with local waste disposal procedures and regulations We recommend recycling the box For long term storage e Store the TESLA LITE system unit in original packing container e Protect any of the components not in original packing from dust accumu lation and moisture e Store all components indoors and protect from moisture accumulation Regulations governing disposal of electronics are rapidly being adopted and are constantly changing We recommend that local electronics disposal regu lations be reviewed prior to disposal of a TESLA LITE system when it has reached the end of its useful life The TESLA LITE system unit contains a bat tery that should be disposed of separately and may contain other electronic components that are potentially subject to specific disposal instructions Use a local electronics recycler who is familiar with local regulations TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix F 1 Appendix G TESLA LITE Drawings This appendix contains mechanical and connection drawings for the TESLA TESLA LITE Mechanical Overview TESLA LITE Rear Panel View Electronic versions of the drawings in both PDF and DWG formats are avail able on the TESLA LITE CD in the Manuals directory The PDF documents are scaled for 11 x 17 printing for improved readability D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix G 1 Appendix G TESLA LITE
174. e time allowed with Trip Close and Pulse On commands Fixed at 0 000 ms hardware may limit this further Based on point Index add column to table below Binary Output Status included in Class 0 response Always Never Only if point is assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Based on point Index add column to table below Reports Output Command Event Objects Never Only upon a successful Control Upon all control attempts Not supported Event Variation reported when variation O requested Variation 1 without time Variation 2 with absolute time Based on point Index add column to table below Not supported TESLA Control Panel See Note 2 below Command Event Variation reported when variation 0 requested Variation 1 without time Variation 2 with absolute time Based on point Index add column to table below Not supported TESLA Control Panel See Note 2 below Event reporting mode Only most recent All events Not supported TESLA Control Panel See Note 2 below Command Event reporting mode Only most recent All events Not supported Maximum Time between Select and Operate Not Applicable Fixed at 10 seconds Configurable range Configurable selectable from seconds Configurable other describe Variable explain Based on point Index add column to table below seconds 10 s Definition of Binary Output Status Control
175. e tool bar When a record is added to RecordGraph an automatic scan search is done to list the templates corresponding to the record loaded This list may have both single or multi re cord templates if the record loaded is a part of multi recorder template If no match is found a lt Default gt template is loaded You can define any number of templates based on a single recorder or multiple recorders Hard coded static default templates are created whenever you open the Re cordGraph application These are not stored in the file but are dynamically created and displayed as lt Default gt in the list box You can override this lt Default gt template by saving any other template as a de fault template The user defined default template path is stored in the registry key based on the product and the type of recording applicable for all products For example e TESLA LITE HS high speed e TESLA LITE LS low speed e TESLA LITE Trend slow recordings TESLA LITE User Manual 10 57 10 Graphing Records Managing Template Files Create New Template File 10 58 Whenever a new record file is loaded into the RecordGraph it automatically loads the relevant template file names in a list box attached to the main tool bar The template files are filled or updated based on certain rules e Templates are stored based on product type e Ifa user defined default template is available it is loaded as the first item in the list box
176. e triggers to activate the same contact Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 6 will not be available for use here 8 42 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 15 Meter Groups D03283R01 02 4 TESLA Control Panel Config Edit masna x File Edit Config View Help Select a metered quantity from the tree below and drag TESLA Meter Group Definition it to the appropriate place in the Meter Group Definition Name Meter 1 Cowmnt Column na Row et laMag current 1A e1 laMag current 2A Analog Inputs Row e1 bMag current 1B e1 bMag current 2B Eem la current 14 Row et icMag current 1C e1 icMag current 2C Hm la current 2A Row e1 laMag current 3A e1 laMag current 4A h m lacurrent4A Row ericMagrcurrent3C Jet ieMagrcurrent4C H a Ib current 1B Row lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt H m Ibxcurrent 3B Row lt unassigned gt e1 VbMag ph voltage Sm Ib current 4B Row Frequency e1 VcMag ph voltage B m Ie current 1C Row lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt em lccurrent2C Row lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt Habe 5 em Ie current 4C Row lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt H m Vacph voltage Row lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt Hm Vb ph voltage Row lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt m a Momi ud
177. ecorddemo2 rec evre 20000531 16 31 25 386 Line 1 e C Ph Current High Mag El High Speed Channels i zl H Analog Line 1 la A Ph Current H x O 483KA ze External i O 0757KA Negative Sequence 2000 May 31 16 31 25 366667 A A 240KA Positive Seguence E Summation Watts Zero Sequence E Low Speed Channels Analog Line 1 b B Ph Current H Frequency i H X 2116KA Impedance ji i i i i O 0 248KA 2000 Maw 31 16 31 25 366667 I i A 1867KA z ofan rete tL Be Vars THERE Line 41 ZeroSed V H X 13 320KY H O 15 903KV 2000 Mav 31 16 31 25 366667 i A 2582K Seconds 0200 0150 0100 Joio 0 000 oso X x ar Aon H TU Timeline Scale Primary Display stored template list Figure 10 85 Template Tool Tip Information Displays e JED name e User defined default template associated with that IED e Serial number of the IED which is used as the unique feature to match the templates 1 Open a record from the desired IED B PRO F PRO L PRO T PRO TESLA or TESLA LITE 2 Create or modify the existing layout information 3 Use Save Template as option to save the new layout information with a de sired template name TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Template Multiple IED D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records A single IED Template is saved matched based on its serial number Any record from the IED with the same
178. ecorder s physical external input channels The binary state of each external input is read at the selected high speed sample rate A filter is applied to the samples to prevent triggering on spurious state changes requiring that a state change be present continuously for a minimum of approximately 700 microseconds to be considered valid for triggering pur poses e Active state e Inactive state Records the state of all external input channels at the selected high speed sam ple rate The input filter is not applied to the recorded data all state changes are included in the records Up to 38 External Input Channels can be defined one for each physical input EI ii TESLA Control Panel Config Edit m File Edit Config View Help Element Tree JO Edemal Inputs TESLA External Input Configuration E Eleil jem O Bei2 Element el O Eltei3 O Elei4 O Eltei7 Definite Delay 25 ms Actions ACTIVE State Active 1 INACTIVE State Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Save Close z z Pa TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Curren t IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 8 14 External Input Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 9 External Input Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working
179. ecorder configuration settings channel definitions Restore only default system setup ports time settings Force hardware reset Modify Point lo Point IP Addresses Calibrate DSP clock Enter Safe Shutdown Mode Connected 0 00 26 VT100 TCP IP Figure 12 1 Maintenance Menu Table 12 2 Menu Commands 1 Modify IP Addresses sub Modify the LAN IP addresses default subnet mask and net mask and default gate default gateway way 2 View system diagnostic Displays the TESLA LITE s internal status log 3 Retrieve system diagnos Automatically packages up the internal status log plus setting tics and setup information and downloads it in compressed form to your computer This file can then be sent to ERLPhase customer support to help diagnose a problem 4 Restore ALL default set Restores ALL factory defaults including settings calibration tings and setup parameters 5 Restore only default Restores the default settings that define channels sample recorder configuration set rates and triggers tings 6 Restore only default sys Restores the default values for the setup parameters includ tem setup ing communication settings record controls time controls and passwords 7 Force hardware reset Manually initiates a hardware reset Note that the communi cation link is immediately lost and cannot be re established until the unit completes its start up 8 Network utilities Enter network
180. ect the View Set Scale button on the Analog Input form for an ac channel Control Panel displays the Scaling dialog box for details see Figure 8 13 AC Scaling on page 18 The scaling factor represents the turns ratio of the primary transducer CT or PT The nominal secondary value is used as the default calibration level for the channel TESLA AC Analog Scaling rx Module Name Internal 5A Full Scale Secondary 200 A Units Eguivalent Primary Value EN Nominal Secondary Value 5 A Figure 8 13 AC Scaling Sag and Swell detectors are available on voltage channels There are three re lated fields in the Configuration screen controlling Sag and Swell detectors The definition of a Sag or Swell depends on a Nominal Level of voltage The Sag and Swell thresholds are expressed as a percentage of the Nominal Level The Sag threshold is configurable between 50 and 90 of Nominal The minimum Sag level is fixed at 10 of Nominal The Swell threshold is config urable between 110 and 150 of Nominal The maximum Swell level is fixed at 180 of Nominal The duration of a Sag or Swell is fixed at any value between 0 5 cycle and 1 minute TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 6 External Input Channels Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Settings D03283R01 02 Recording channels for the recorder s external digital input signals The r
181. ed None None 4 Output contact 5 Open Closed None None 5 Output contact 6 Open Closed None None 6 Retrieve Next Fault Y Y Y Y Y Y Inactive Active None None Pulse duration fixed Information Event at 1 for Fault Locator 1 7 Retrieve Next Fault Y Y Y Y Y Y Inactive Active None None Pulse duration fixed Information Event at 1 for Fault Locator 2 8 Retrieve Next Fault Y Y Y Y Y Y Inactive Active None None Pulse duration fixed Information Event at 1 for Fault Locator 3 9 Retrieve Next Fault Y Y Y Y Y Y Inactive Active None None Pulse duration fixed Information Event at 1 for Fault Locator 4 10 Retrieve Next Fault Y Y Y Y Y Y Inactive Active None None Pulse duration fixed Information Event for Fault Locator 5 D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual at 1 Appendix E 17 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 2 3 Analog Input Points Static Steady State Group Number 30 Event Group Number 32 If configurable Current Value list methods Capabilities Static Variation reported when variation 0 reguested Variation 1 32 bit with flag Variation 2 16 bit with flag Variation 3 32 bit without flag Variation 4 16 bit without flag Variation 5 single precision floating point with flag Variation 6 double precision floating point with flag Based on point Index add column to table below Event Variation reported when variation O reguested Variation 1 32 bit wit
182. ed in the window If this number is exceeded the trigger 1s automatically disabled until the trigger rate falls to less than that number for the specified number of seconds Recovery Time This prevents the recorder from being overloaded by triggers and automatically re enables the trigger when conditions return to normal Note Although an External Input triggers may be disabled by a chatter limit function the recording will contain the original External Input data The Storage Alarms screen accessed by expanding the dentification branch in the Navigation tree lets you select the output contact to be closed when the memory for triggered records or long term trend logs is nearly full The accu mulation mode recycle of stop when full and the level at which to alarm are set in the Recording tab of the Utilities screen Recording Control Settings on page 7 5 The record and trend storage alarm condition can also be accessed via the SCADA protocols 8 4 Channels and Triggers 8 6 The Channels and Triggers branch of the Navigation tree is where you define the recorder s input channels calculated channels and triggers It 1s significant tool with a variety of views and displays to help manage complex recorder s configurations TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 Channel Grouping and Naming D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder This section describes how the record handles channel names An effective way to org
183. ement is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Identifies the type of signal being applied to this input channel The Type forms a part of the channel name Element Type Description Selecting the appropriate Type can simplify channel naming by elimi nating the need for the optional Description field e g Line 1 Va uniquely defines the channel Initially set when the channel was cre ated the Type can be changed to refer to a different phase as needed Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 7 Channel Identifies the physical input used by this channel This number is iden tified on the rear of the TESLA LITE chassis The list shows only inputs not assigned to other channels To get an overview of channel assignments switch to the Channel Tree view and look at the Analog Channel list View Set Scale Sets the primary to secondary scale factor See details below 8 16 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 Angle Offset 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 8 Analog Input Channel Settings Specifies a phase angle offset to be applied to the channel The offset is included in e Meter readings e Trigger calculat
184. en and if there are no templates in the template list then a Save As Template dialog box is displayed Otherwise the current layout information is saved in a file as shown in the template list box File gt Save Template As fRecordcraph OO oix Fie View Graph Measure Scale Options Help malala peme A SY S alal Ela x elelee z tld s HS slej e E E recordemol tir recordemo1 tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in E 86U2 Ext Input Tripped El High Speed Channels E Analog Unit 4 a Unit 4 Va 20 0K A TRACD X Vac Vab Boswell N Usps n 1999 Jun 25 18 24 31 484028 AIC Sho A TRACD Xb A TRACD Xa y TRACD Y Vac Vab A TRACD Y In A TRACD Y Ic A TRACD Y Ib y TRACD Y la A TRAAB XVac Vab A TRAABX In A TRAABXIc A TRAABXIb A TRAAB Xa y Mise ln TRI8CD X Ir A Misc In TR17ABX In Save Template As ke y Misc In TR17AB Y In C ee Name Untitled_LPRO A TRAAB Y lc A TR4AB Y Ib y TR4AB Y la Save as default template y Unit 4 a Unit 4 Va AV Unit 4 b Unit 4 Yb Ay Unit Ve Unit 4 Ve A Unit 4 la Unit 4 la y Unit 4 1b Unit 4 lb A Unit 4 le Unit 4 le A Misc In TRT8CD y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbc y Mise Vac Bus 4F vbe y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe 7 r r r r r r s AV Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbe s 0 020 0 040 0 060 0 080 0 100 0 120 0140 0 160 0 180 A Unit 4 Yac Unit 4 Vn is kiji Analog Input36 lt l RR l EE imeline 4 Iw Scale Primary V Figu
185. ence i x AR i U ommation 2000Mav 31 16 31 25 366667 i A 1867KA Yars i E Watts Line 1 ZeroSeq v T TI X 43320KV 25 0K4 O 15 903KV 2000May 31 16 31 25 366667 i A 2 582KY 20 0K i 15 0K M S KAJ 10 0K t 5 0K4 4 0 0 E E r T T T 1 Seconds 0 200 0 150 0 100 d 0 050 odbo doso ae al Ea W Aol yu Timeline fy overay RecordGraph v0 63 Scale Primary 4 Left Margin Figure 10 83 Template List Template contains user defined layout information including e Views graphs and their location along with the traces channels e Markers position X O and trigger marker T e Views and graphs title options X axis scaling zooming information Y axis scaling zooming information X axis shift time alignment of each channel Measurement readout options e Left Margin Template stores the easy to manage layout information in a file based on prod uct type B PRO F PRO L PRO T PRO TESLA TESLA LITE COM TRADE When the template information is stored it can be applied to any recording normally from same IED or product for which the template is valid For ex ample if a template has 3 views with 3 graphs per view and has 1 2 and 3 an alog channels displayed with various options this information can be applied to any record with that common framework The concept is to re use the com mon layout information and update the data information with the new recorded channels thus reduc
186. er and represents the to tal amount of bytes in stored trend files that would be transferred before further processing takes place TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Events Get Get Delete Graph Delete Get Events Today s Trends Print Events D03283R01 02 9 Record and Log Management The Events section of the display shows all the events recorded during the pe riod of interest set with the range of dates When you click Get all of the trends not previously transferred are transferred to your computer If you select Get Delete all files successfully transferred from the IED will also be deleted from the IED The trend data selected in the Trended Channels list is viewed with Record Graph ERLPhase s interactive graphing software see Graphing Records on page 10 1 Any selected trend data not already in your computer is transferred prior to graphing The trend data selected in the Trend Channel list is removed from your com puter If you are currently connected you have the option of removing the data on the IED files as well Each time you change the Range of Dates the list of events on the right side of the screen is updated If you are not interested in this action remove the check mark from the checkbox If the Range of Dates includes data that is currently being recorded some of the data may not be in a form suitable for transfer to Control Panel If this checkbox is selected Control Panel will
187. er ia Cow Speed From Igesvce fi x t Positive sequence impedance trajectory o aw si AN Arii eeh ex emu Secoriary Figure 10 81 Example of TESLA LITE Swing Record Choosing Impedance Channel Select an TESLA LITE swing record and expand the channels as shown Click the impedance channel RecordGraph automatically displays the positive se guence impedance trajectory As you select the desired channels the impedance R X characteristics are su perimposed on the existing relay characteristics To select new set of voltage and current channels use the Delete trace s option from the right click context menu and select new channels If desired you can modify or re apply the im pedance options 10 54 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Drag the thumb track on the scroll bar to zoom in or zoom out the axis range In the Time Window control click the arrow buttons or drag the thumb track to scroll the window of visible data in the time domain To place the X and O markers use the tool bar or the right click context menu or the View gt Markers option dragging a marker to the right or left moves cor responding marker If the Time Window control does not show the data then the markers are shown as small triangles on the left or right sides If you click the triangle corresponding data cursor is displayed and the time range is auto matically adjusted You can save all the impedance d
188. er cycle regardless of the system sample rate Low Speed Positive negative and zero sequence values at a rate of one value per cycle Number of 6 Sequence Component Channels are available Channels Types Vseq Iseq Notes The primary to secondary scale factor used by the Sequence Component Chan nel is the same as that of the selected Phase A channel 8 24 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Settings 8 Configuring the Recorder TESLA Seguence Function Configuration Element Type Description Seguence Index Units Seq functi Vseg v E v kV Define Inputs Element Type Description Scale PhaseA e1 Va ph voltage m 2 kV V Phase B e Vb ph voltage Ph PPE Rate of Change Interval Phase e1 Vc ph voltage 2i 15 Cycle s Actions bee Cross eae Alarm Limit ete Enabie Faut swing Log noty Froger oger Prior rne 0 sec E 1 Pos Seq High Magnitude 100 iv Pos Seq Low Magnitude Pos Seq Pos ROC T Pos Seg Neg ROC Neg Seg High Magnitude Zero Seq High Magnitude Figure 8 16 Sequence Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 11 Sequence Component Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Identifies the type of signal bei
189. er s Port 400 to an analog telephone line or switch using a standard RJ 11 connector Internal modem configuration is done the same way as for external modem Modem initialization string is M1 for internal modem If an internal modem was installed at the factory it will already be appropriately configured TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 8 Accessing SCADA Services Serial Port Connection Ethernet Connection Protocol Settings D03283R01 02 The recorder supports DNP3 Level 2 and Modbus SCADA protocols as stan dard features This section describes how to connect and configure the servic es Protocol details including point lists are provided in the appendices Both DNP3 and Modbus protocols are available on the recorder s serial Port 404 an RS 232 DCE port with a female DB9 connector The port is wired to support a connection to a PC serial port or equivalent using a standard straight through male to female serial cable An external RS 232 to RS 485 converter can be used to connect to an RS 485 network For port pin out and cabling information see Communication Port Details on page 4 18 The DNP protocol can also be available over Ethernet using TCP or UDP A standard 1 OOBASET Ethernet cable is required The Ethernet port can support DNP SCADA and user interface access via TES LA Control Panel at the same time For details on setting the recorder s IP address
190. er the Saved Settings heading in the list Control Panel can store many saved configuration files limited only by hard disk and Windows operating system constraints TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Loading a Saved Configuration Creating a New Configuration D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder Saved configuration files can be created displayed and modified copied re named deleted or loaded into the recorder Click the desired configuration from the Saved Settings list then select the appropriate action button on the right of the screen Double clicking on a configuration is equivalent to clicking the Edit button It is recommended that you maintain a copy of each recorder s cur rent configuration as a Saved Setting for a backup It can be loaded into a replacement recorder if the unit ever needs to be serviced Note A configuration file must be compatible with the firmware on the recorder in order to be loaded Compatibility is defined by the Set tings Version a number which identifies the version of configuration file a given version of firmware requires Control Panel will either prevent incompatible configuration files from being loaded or will offer to make the configuration compatible before it loads it To load a configuration file from the Saved Settings list into the Current IED you must be communicating with the recorder Initiate the load by selecting the desired configuration file and clicking t
191. ers to the desired location Marker positions are saved into the template Readout corresponding to the option chosen is displayed on the right side of the graph Selecting trigger marker T displays the trigger time of the record 10 64 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Primary Secondary Time Alignment D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Selecting Measure gt Primary multiplies the channel data by the primary scal ing factor and redraws the y axis for all graphs Selecting Measure gt Secondary multiplies the channel data by the secondary scaling factor and redraws the y axis of all graphs Use this option to offset or align the trigger time of channels normally from different locations or shift the x axis time This feature offsets the x axis time data by a precise value as desired 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show time alignment 2 Select the Measure gt Time Alignment menu option or the Time Alignment button on the tool bar 3 Use the spin control up and down arrows to increase or decrease the off set 4 Double click the value to bring up a dialog box to enter the new offset value and offset scale Offset scale 1s the percent by which the increment is re quired 5 Clear this option by a second click on the Time Alignment button on the tool bar or by selecting the Graph gt Time Alignment menu option a second time Spin control to quickly va
192. eta na e Ht pes MN UH Later WHEY LG i Pra Hej Some NIH CHIME 28pe Ibe Prade Pita Pa Seed i Te Aber bigi Sesaci m Phas gg The thumb track is moved eT a from top to the position K Z indicated and the traces are zoomed in Ij 00s ketna rea room PRI Figure 10 67 Example of Graph Zoom Control When you move the mouse near the edge of the Time Window control the cur sor shape changes from normal arrow to two headed arrow as shown in the di agram Now you can resize the thumb track to a desired level of data range In the example the data starts at position 0 200 and ends at 0 200 1 383 where 1 383 is the width total data range Therefore only small portion of the data can be viewed TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records nk bl ial OS sini NNNJJJJ le temi grad pema kse Opec peli S paei Ragha posedali Hr figure rajicoedosi regi iii Soot 20 417 Leker Vidi nig Love lij T Hyh Speed hura zj ireak yy Pewa k LG A Beh A Pra Ve KV Lia Leska aty LG Ay Leska VAEV LA A Letala V VLA A CE iiin A CE Mih Angi Ay O ANE tongs A EN lahega A CEH bami Ae O di ipina Ap CEARA A CE db trga Ap OB Alc Ange ACE Lila bega EYA Leder a EV Lolo Pee deg See o Lesie yb i Lolo Zi Fhips h g pesnij m aia Ail Er Miaa E ri rin see P ae 1 SE LA E NI ie ern Pe ee High eme m di On iiith Anpu Juc Prade Price dkg Feed mio E 150k Aapa Ma Pas
193. ever Data Link Time out to 0 1 4 6 Data Link Layer None 1 000 Confirmation Timeout Fixed at ms S Configurable range O to 2 000 ms Configurable selectable from ms Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 4 7 Maximum Data Link Never Retries 3 Retries x Fixed at 3 Configurable range to Configurable selectable from z Configurable other describe 1 4 8 Maximum number of x Fixed at 292 292 octets Transmitted ina Configurable range to Data Link Frame Configurable selectable from i z Configurable other describe 1 4 9 Maximum number of x Fixed at 292 292 octets that can be Configurable range to Received in a Data Link Frame D03283R01 02 Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 7 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 5 Application Layer Capabilities Current Value If configurable list methods 1 5 1 Maximum number of x Fixed at 2048 2048 octets Transmitted in an Configurable range to Application Layer Configurable selectable from Fragment other than Configurable other describe File Transfer 1 5 2 Maximum number of Fixed at NA octets Transmitted in an Configurable range to Application Layer Configurable selectable from z Fragment containing Configurable other describe File Transfer 1 5 3 Maximum number of Fixed at 2048 2048 octets that can be Configurable range to Received in an Co
194. ew from the shortcut menu 3 Click OK Select desired view and select OK Select View gt Add or click the Add button to create a view type WR ari ordis aph s zlDixi file Wew Gath Hararo Stole Cetera Heb mena fewer Sf SITS B x glelei gt m sid 2 nj 15 aja 2 fs R2079 200004 30 00 01 54 baje Speed Charre ne Vebage A Bus V A re Voltage B wf ts ze en vole B eee ae See Se eee ned Timelin Overlay ee Symcom Harmonic Impedance STE al g d PA f 1 click OK to create a new view ex Marki sod Cancel cole Second y View Tabs Figure 10 52 Add a View The Add View option lists Impedance View only if the selected record is from an L PRO TESLA or COMTRADE record Clears active view from layout 1 Select the View gt Delete from top menu bar A shortcut menu asks you to con firm the deletion 2 Click OK to confirm Click Cancel to stop deletion TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Rename a View Use this option to rename the active tab which is displayed at the bottom of the view 1 Select the View gt Rename Tab from top menu bar or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Rename Tab 2 A dialog box appears with the old name Modify and click OK to rename the view Figure 10 53 Rename Dialog Box Show Channel Displays or hides the channel list on the left hand side of t
195. f inactive On active External I P 26 10026 Off inactive On active External I P 27 10027 Off inactive On active External I P 28 10028 Off inactive On active External I P 29 10029 Off inactive On active External I P 30 10030 Off inactive On active External I P 31 10031 Off inactive On active External I P 32 10032 Off inactive On active External l P33 10033 Off inactive On active External I P 34 10034 Off inactive TESLA LITE User Manual On active D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 Appendix D Modbus Functions External I P 35 10035 Off inactive On active External I P 36 10036 Off inactive On active External I P 37 10037 Off inactive On active External I P 38 10038 Off inactive On active External l P1 Change latch 10257 Off no change On change External I P 2 Change latch 10258 Off no change On change External I P 3 Change latch 10259 Off no change On change External I P 4 Change latch 10260 Off no change On change External I P 5 Change latch 10261 Off no change On change External I P 6 Change latch 10262 Off no change On change External I P 7 Ch
196. factory IP addresse 192 168 100 80 It is changed through the recorder s Main tenance Menu Communication Direct Serial Link Connect to this recorder through a serial cable Modem Link Connect to this recorder via a telephone link Network Link Connect to this recorder via a TCP IP network Connect Through IED Connect to this recorder through another recorder that is providing a modem Lan gateway An IED Definition for the selected recorder must already exist For details on setting up a modem Lan Gateway If an internal modem was installed at the factory it will already be appropriately configured on page 4 12 Folder Placement The Default Folder directory applied to new IED definitions can be modified with the File gt Data Locations command from the Main Menu Recordings Folder The directory where the IED s retrieved records are stored 5 4 Configs Folder The directory where the IED s configuration files are saved You can share configuration files and records with other TESLA Con trol Panel users by using common folders TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 3 Online and Offline Operation TESLA Control Panel can be used with or without a connection to the selected recorder Both offline and online modes work within the selected Current IED workspace Offline Not In Offline mode you can manage and display a recorder
197. g You can edit this or use the Browse button to set a new directory and or base filename Station Name and The Station Name and Identification fields are set by default using Identification information from this recorder They are written as the first line in the cfg output file Header Text The Header Text field contains the text written into the COMTRADE header hdr file By default the field contains the Location Name Number and the Unit ID of the unit that produced the record This text can be modified deleted or extended as desired D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 11 3 11 Record Export Utility Table 11 1 COMTRADE Export Settings Version The Version field lets you select the revision of COMTRADE stand ard to produce COMTRADE has been an evolving standard and a number of changes have been made over the years 1991 1999 and 2000 COMTRADE versions are supported Format The Format field specifies that the data in the COMTRADE file ASCII or BINARY format ASCII data has the advantage of being usable by simple text editor and spreadsheet programs but results in a significantly larger record relative to binary format BINARY format is therefore recommended if the software package you will be using the data in supports binary format COMTRADE Selecting Channels You must select the channels from the record that you want to Exported Channels include in the output file For convenience the digita
198. ges are not generally required for operation of the program The exception to this is the ability to communicate with TESLA LITE recorders through Modem LAN Gateway see If an inter nal modem was installed at the factory it will already be appropriately config ured on page 4 12 Instructions for installing TESLA Control Panel and configuring Windows for its use are covered in the following sections Separate instructions for each ver sion of Windows Operating System are provided for the above steps Use the one that is appropriate for your computer The procedure has the following parts 1 Install TESLA Control Panel 2 Install the Null Modem driver 3 Create Windows Dial Up Network definitions for modem and direct serial connections Once these steps are complete go to the First Time Start Up section for details on launching TESLA Control Panel see First Time Start Up on page 3 6 TESLA LITE User Manual 3 1 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 3 2 Installation on Windows XP or Windows 7 Step 1 Install TESLA Control Panel Software from CD ROM Step 2 Installing Null Modem Driver Software 3 2 The user will need to have installed previously the ERLPhases USB driver provided with the installation CD See section USB Link on page 4 5 for instructions 1 Insert the TESLA LITE CD ROM in your drive 2 The CD ROM should start automatically If it doesn t go to Windows Ex plorer and
199. gger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 6 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 6 will not be available for use here TESLA LITE User Manual 8 29 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 10 Watts and Vars Channels Descri ption The Watts Vars Channels calculate apparent power volt amps real power watts and reactive power vars from voltage input and current inputs The channel can produce either single phas
200. gh Mag 3C High Mag 1B High Mag 1C High Mag 24 High Mag 2B High Mag 2C High Mag 3A High Mag 3B High Mag 3C High Mag 1B High Mag TESLA Control Panel v0 03 a Erase Refresh Print 2012Apr02 INADA RAD 1 Ic current 1C High Mag TR mnanaa JA Use Mae Main Menu Events Current IED Tesla LITE Demo Unit Getting Events Figure 9 2 Trend Listing Set the time range using the two date control boxes From and To The initial setting is for the previous three days When you change these settings the re mainder of the display updates to show data pertinent to your chosen period If you are connected to a TESLA LITE both local and remote data are combined in the tree otherwise the display shows only data resident on your local com puter The tree on the left side of the sereen shows the channel names of the trended data available for the period you have selected You may select any number of channels from the tree for further operations Select more than one channel by using the Ctrl and Shift keys in conjunetion with mouse clicks and arrow keys The Trend Summary section of the screen shows statistical information about the files you have selected Local Files indicates the amount of space used by the selected trend files on your local computer Remote Files indicates the amount of space used by the selected trend files on the IED Transfer refers to files that are on the IED but not on your local comput
201. ging the setting automatically converts the configura tion file to the selected Settings Version If the conversion results in the loss of settings from the file i e the target version does not support functions which were enabled in the original a list of the affected settings is displayed and you have the choice of cancelling the conversion or continuing If the conversion results in the addition of new functionality the settings for the new functions will be in a default or disabled state If you choose to close the configuration file without saving the conversion is also abandoned A new configuration file is set to the latest Setting Version by default TESLA Control Panel can work with configuration files of any Setting Ver sion including those for TESLA 4000 3000 and 2000 recorders creating ed iting storing and transferring them to and from a recorder as needed TESLA Control Panel should be updated as needed whenever you update the firmware on your recorders This will ensure it can gener ate configuration files with the latest Settings Version Since Control Panel can work with back versions of configuration files and can communicate with recorders with older firmware the newest version of Control Panel can always be safely installed The Sample Rate the rate at which the TESLA LITE reads its analog and dig ital input channels and is the number of samples per second stored in high TESLA LITE User Manual 8 5 8 Co
202. graph to the the top of the view page scale Secondary 4 Figure 10 25 Move Rearrange the relative position of the graphs in the active view page First se lect the graph and use either the Move gt Up or Move gt Down option to change the position of the graph Graph gt Copy Trace loixi File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help fal cee ne a HE a slal Ela x eleele zj tld a AJ AN njej 4 2 a El bar Add Digital Graph CtrltIns bank 8 r19851 991101 105947761 tpr El Hic Delete Graph Del 125 A 2 Move 100 D1 04 59 47 781441 Paste Trace Ctrl y 75 Delete Trace Ctrl Del 50 Delete All Traces Alta Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Ctrl D 25 Change Trace Color Alt R 0 Active Trace Information 25 A CT3JALS 50 y CT31BLS AV CT31C LS 75 A CTATALS A CTAJBLS Kai y CT4ICLS 125 A CT51A TS se 1 005 N CT5 1B TS oso A CTSACIS 080 Copies this trace y la Operating 0 70 4 p 0 60 4 y Ib Operating oso y le Operating 0 40 J y la Restraint S q y Ib Restraint 010 y le Restraint 0 00 El External em 0 10 4 za 0 20 z Gas m 0501 vent input 0 40 4 Event input 3 0 50 4 Event Input 4 0 60 4 Event Input 5 0 10 0 80 Event Input 6 0 90 Event Input 7 1 00 v Event Input 8 Seconds odo oio 020 030 040 050 oso O70 oso O90 1 00
203. guring the Recorder 8 16 Trend Logging 8 44 IM rey a z h TERT DEN A F ruren pa Ei LJ J m Identification SCADA Communication DNP Configuration SCADA Summary Select a quantity from the tree below and drag it to the appropriate place in Scan Interval 10 seconda Channels 0 el HO Analog Inputs EC Eemal Inputs O Seg functi fF Sequence Functions HO Watts Vars Functions HO summation JO NewElemeni HO Impedance Functions H O Watts Vars Functions H O Logic Functions HO Faut Locators H HO PF Functions Frequency 1 a Meter Groups O Meter 1 New Meter Group BP Trend Inputs m la current 14 m laccurrent zA la current 34 la current 44 Ib current 1B Ib current ZB Ib current 36 Ib current 46 le current 1C le current 2C le current 3C le current di Va ph voltage Vb ph voltage i m Yeoph voltage HI m Seq functi H summation Column 4 Row E Row iaAng curre Row 3 Jetiallag current3A Damped et laAng current 3A Damped Row 4 etiewescuren SA oanped letiangeurent 4A mej Row 5 ef aa current 1B el Ang current 1B Row 6 et bitag current 2B o Damped Row 7 etcbllag current 38 Damped etbAng ourrent 38 Damped Row 8 Jet bilag current 45 Damped _ etsbAng current 48 Damped Row Jeticlag current IC Damped et icAng current 10 Damped Row fetievercuren 20_ Oanped etiengsurent 26 ome Row 11Jet cMag current 30 Damped Te
204. h Zoom the graph if not zoomed to a required zoom level You should hold the Thumb track and move it along the scroll bar To have fine control click on the right arrow scroll bar button or press Shift and click on the right arrow scroll button Meann n mla x alale a ele a nj H aa aa E is er gah Heme ek Dpi Heb BENI DOLI Oo a BT pr UN EU i x Thumb Track move right left to pan graph Figure 10 57 Thumb Track Keyboard Functions D03283R01 02 The keyboard is also available for zooming setting markers and positioning graphs To display the keyboard hot key menu right click on the graph and bring up the context menu select Show Hotkeys option OI 4m th P a H Up Arrow Bowen Arrow Right Arrow Left Arrow Cti Fight Arrow Ctl Llett Array Ctl Lett Mouse Drag Shitt Lett Mouse Drag Ctl Ctl Ctl Up Arrow Ct Down Arrow Shift Right4rravy Shitt Let Arrow Figure 10 58 Hot Keys Function Select Graph Up Select Graph Down Move Marker S Fight Move Marker Left Move Marker O Fight Move Marker O Left Zoom X axis only Zoom Y axis oniyi zZoomina 25 zoomata 25 Zoomin 25 foomauty 25 35 hove active graph up Move active graph down Pan right by 10 Pan lett by 10 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 37 10 Graphing Records Right click Context Menu 10 38 w Markers Unde Zoom Reset zoom zoom Delete View Titles Rename Tab
205. h respect to A phase voltage in a configured channel in TESLA recorder For COMTRADE records the first A phase voltage is considered as the reference phase 10 42 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Impedance View D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Impedance View is an R X plot The R X guantities are calculated over the en tire data range from the recorded analog voltage and current channels R X plot is useful in analyzing the performance of L PRO relays and swing disturbances from the TESLA recorders Since the information to be displayed involves time as a third dimension this view provides meticulous cursor and zoom con trol over the data points being viewed Optionally it supports superposition of the relay characteristics Zone 1 Zone 2 Line Blinders etc from L PRO re cords or files generated from any L PRO Offliner settings program The following table summarizes the types of channels from which impedance R and X values is derived along with the supported product RecordGraph displays these channels on the left hand side in the tree view Depending on the product the following basic quantities are used the respective impedance chan nels In an impedance calculation a threshold limit is used based on the fundamental rms value of the current to include or exclude the R and X values for plotting For 1A CT model or unit 0 02 A is the limit whereas for a 5A CT model or unit 0 1 A is used as the limit When the
206. hannel was cre ated the Type can be changed to refer to a different phase as needed Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 7 Summation Index Identifies the summation channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but sim ply identifies which of the internal virtual summation channels will be used You can select any available channel the only restriction is that nested summations require the input summation to have a lower Summation Index If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Input 1 Input 2 Identifies the channels to be used in the summation The available list Input 3 includes all previously defined analog channels and any summation channel with a lower summation index number The list grows auto matically as you define new channels 8 22 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 10 Summation Channel Settings Scale Factor Specifies a multiplier for each of the inputs The scale factor is applied in the secondary domain Angle Offset Specifies a phase angle shift to be applied to each of the inputs Note that when an offset is specified
207. he Load to IED button The recorder will immediately load and run the new configuration Complex configurations can take a few minutes to transfer and load depending in part on communica tions rate The recorder will acknowledge the new settings back to Control Panel Note The recorder will automatically go through a reset when loaded with a configuration that changes its sample rate This will add ap proximately two minutes to the load time Use the New button to create a new configuration file New configuration files are compatible with the latest Setting Version by default The Setting Version can be changed if desired to create new configuration files for older recorders The fixed information in the Device Configuration screen is derived from the IED Definition Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition on page 5 3 TESLA LITE User Manual 8 3 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 2 Configuration Editor 8 4 The Configuration Editor provides the means to create display and modify configurations for the recorder To start the editor from the Configuration Manager screen either double click on a configuration file or select it and click on the Edit button The sample screens shown are from the TESLA LITE Demo configuration weve age me AE pon ae File Edit Config View Help Element Tree TESLA Device Configuration O SCADA Communication O DNP Configuration Unit ID TESLA LITE O SCADA Summ
208. he screen to allow List more space for the graphs Toolbar Displays or hides the toolbar on the left hand side of the screen to allow more space for the graphs D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 33 10 Graphing Records 10 4 Graphs Adding Graphs Adding Channels Channel Tool tip 10 34 The graph is an area or space in a view where each channel of analog or digital information 1s shown The information is shown as X Y data with X lt time and Y magnitude 1 Select Graph gt Set Graphs Per Page or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Set Graphs Per Page to add selected number of graphs to the Timeline View 2 Select Graph gt Add Analog Graph or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Add Analog Graph to add an analog graph to the Timeline View 3 Select Graph gt Add Digital Graph or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Add Digital Graph to add an digital graph to the Timeline View 1 Click the desired channel to be displayed on the graph OR 2 Drag a channel and drop it onto the desired graph 3 Depending on the view type following action takes place e Ina Timeline View the existing channel is replaced and only one channel is allowed per graph e In an Overlay View up to 32 traces can be placed per graph e In a Trend View the existing channel is replaced and only one channel is allowed per graph e External or digital
209. hide legends on all the graphs Options gt Show Trigger Marker File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help E HI bea recordemol tir El High Speed Channels lt Default gt Galculate Derived Ghannels Now a ja 0 0150 00175 0 0200 0 0225 0 0250 00275 00300 0 0325 0 0350 0 0375 al Bi gt Scale Primary Z lol x Analog TRACD X In Show Grid Show X AxisTicks Show Legends A TRACD X Vac Vat M4 Show Trigger Marker Lock Markers zx aa TRACD X Ic TRACD X Ib Extend Print Range TRACD X la Set Phase Colors TR4CD Y Vac Yat TR4CD Y ln TRACD Y Ilc TRACD Y Ib TRACD Y la TR4AB X Vac Vab TR4AB X In TR4AB X Ic TR44B X Ib TR4AB X la Misc In TR18CD X In Misc In TR174B In Misc In TR17AB Y In TR44B Y Vac Vab TRAAB Y In TR4AB Y lc TR4AB Y Ib TR4AB Y la Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va Unit 4 b Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 Ve Unit d la Unit 4 la Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib Unit 4 lc Unit 4 lc Misc In TR18CD Y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbe Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbe Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe Misc Vac Bus 4 Vbe Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Yn y Analog Input36 External OOO SP OOO SSS OO LOL OOS SSOP SPCC LS OSS SS Set Precision d m Unit 4 vb Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 Ve Seconds i Aj Overlay ShowjHide trigger marker based on the active graph and active curve Ja Sha x elele a ti s AY HN uje Ale E recordemot tlr 1999 06 25 18 24 31
210. hout time Variation 2 16 bit without time Variation 3 32 bit with time Variation 4 16 bit with time Variation 5 single precision floating point w o time Variation 6 double precision floating point w o time Variation 7 single precision floating point with time Variation 8 double precision floating point with time Based on point Index add column to table below Event reporting mode Only most recent All events Analog Inputs Included in Class 0 response Always Never Only if point is assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Based on point Index add column to table below How Deadbands are set A Global Fixed B Configurable through DNP C Configurable via other means D Other explain Based on point Index column specifies which of the options applies B C or D TESLA Control Panel 2 3 6 Analog Deadband Algorithm simple just compares the difference from the previous reported value Simple Integrating Other explain 2 3 7 Definition of Analog Input Point List Fixed list shown in table below Default list is TESLA Control Configurable shown in table Panel Other explain below Appendix E 18 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 Analog Inputs are scanned with 500 ms resolution 2 Nominal values in calculations for the following table are based on 69V sec ondary voltage PT ratio for voltage channels and either 1 A or
211. i lt unassigned gt lt unassigned gt m Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Records Trends Events Utilities TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected 4 Figure 8 23 Meter Group Configuration Screen A Meter Group is a collection of measured and calculated values that are pre sented as a group by the Control Panel s Metering function Metering Groups are referred to by a user specified name and the name of the Metering Group appears on the tab in the Metering display There are two default metering groups and ten user defined groups for a total of twelve metering groups The Metering display has fixed displays for analog and external input chan nels You may add additional displays containing any set of channels orga nized as you wish 1 To create a meter group right click on the Meter Groups entry in the Con figuration menu 2 Select Add Meter Group A New Meter Group line appears and the New Meter Group text is selected 3 Type the Meter Group name then Enter The text you type replaces the New Meter Group text 4 In the meter group screen you can place any defined channel in any cell The resultant meter group display will show the desired channels in the speci fied place on the screen Phase angle readings displayed in meter groups are based on the configured Phase Angle Reference Channel Phase Angle Refer ence Channel on page 8 10 TESLA LITE User Manual 8 43 8 Confi
212. ification 7 13 D data acquisition 1 1 diagnostics 4 15 digital graph 10 15 10 31 10 34 10 39 10 40 DNP 8 46 E edit configuration 8 2 element tree 8 9 8 10 ethernet LAN link 4 3 event log 9 6 event messages 9 6 external input channels 2 2 8 19 8 20 F fault locator functions 8 38 8 39 settings 8 39 frequency channels 8 33 8 34 front panel 1 4 front panel LEDs 2 3 fundamental RMS 10 21 10 43 10 TESLA LITE User Manual Index 64 10 67 G get from IED 9 2 get remote summaries 9 2 graph 9 2 measure menus 10 19 graphs absolute time 10 66 add 10 34 add analog 10 14 add channels 10 34 add digital 10 15 calculated channels 10 71 COMTRADE import 10 77 10 78 COMTRADE inport 10 77 delete 10 15 digital channel status 10 76 export file 10 9 exporting channel data 10 73 exporting views 10 72 fundamental RMS 10 67 graph title 10 63 harmonic view 10 42 harmonics 10 69 impedance view 10 43 10 44 10 45 10 46 keyboard functions 10 37 10 38 menus 10 14 move 10 16 overlay view 10 40 pan 10 37 print 10 78 record summary 10 75 reouts and measurements 10 64 superimpose L PRO characteristics 10 48 10 49 10 50 10 51 10 52 10 53 symcom view 10 41 symmetrical components 10 70 templates 10 56 10 57 10 58 10 59 10 60 10 61 TESLA swing record 10 53 10 54 timeline view 10 39 trace 10 16 10 17 10 18 trend view 10 55 true RMS 10 68 view and graph titles 10 62 view menus 10 11 view ti
213. ifies which of the internal virtual impedance channels will be used You can select any available channel without restriction If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Voltage Input Cur Identifies the channels to be used to create the impedance If you rent Input select analog or summation channels as inputs the impedance chan nel calculates single phase impedance if you select sequence chan nels it calculates three phase impedance The list is limited to channels of the correct type voltage or current and includes analog input or summation channels which have already been defined The list grows automatically as you define new channels Trigger Settings Rate of Change Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate Interval of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Circle Radius Specifies the radius of the impedance circle in secondary ohms Minimum Change Specifies the minimum impedance change to be detected 8 28 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 12 Impedance Channel Settings Maximum Change Specifies the maximum impedance change to be detected Definite Delay Requires the element to be energized before an active state is deter mined Settable from 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated tri
214. igre Dese Base Bo eT eng PT TET Figure 10 74 Example Illustrating the Use of the CrossHair Measurement Select the CrossHair button When you drag the mouse left button down and move on any point on the trace the R X and the Z corresponding values are displayed You can move the cursor anywhere on the graph to get the measurement When this feature is enabled free form zooming is disabled but you can use the graph zoom control to get a closer look at the trace Select this button to set an arbitrary line A of ain He Yew Gah Mestre Kale Opis teb gaga Fer nimi sis sj rici a sej JAR slej sj NareRiuipootaruire eg tt 2020S ZZ09 20 417 Letemer V seg sta Low Mag Ovwere OVA imeli Va KV LG le Phar rast Speed SU CD iia la Ares Zab Phare Pnasesigh Speed SVB Lacie Ve kV L O The hate Phaie Hyh Speed OB OB ttd Arps ix Mase ae 4p Speed eve E 5 er OB 1940 Ange Ice Pragedtate tp pev Arbitrary line for the reference purpose a CB 1140 Ange r Tora My IFMA E ac Neia Ch 1Ang A E 1160 6 Aww a CB 1150 ke Ano v FMR 3 lee Porere A CB 1160 ta terpe v y l 1100 Ange s C 116 ic Ange v M CDI a Ape v A CB 11 bino a CB 110k Amot 4 Extend Figure 10 75 Example of the Line Feature Set a reference line to measure the data using the Line feature This line is a reference line and not associated with the data values TESLA LITE User Manual 10 51 10 Graphing Records Whe
215. ije 2 1 POW SUD DIY vn s aa ee ete ije 2 1 Signal CONNE UODSa oa sena ee ue ee A tate 2 2 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation 3 1 Installing TESLA Control Panel 3 1 Installation on Windows XP or Windows 7 3 2 FISLTIME STATE ana ele ae eb ebe oi dele pale ii 3 6 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 1 Communication Ports e 4 1 RISB TM SID OU srnu ee ei ena ee 4 2 Communicating with the Recorder IED 4 2 EiDCI NEVCANENK aaa neds S aa a ei 4 3 a EO AP MERO AN 4 5 Drect Senak LINK ceneni ae ea veje E biki 4 8 Moden LINK nija was ee ee an ae ai teki 4 10 Accessing SCADA Services 4 13 Communication Port Details 4 18 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 1 Recorder Workspace na nee ba ea a 5 1 Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition 5 3 Online and Offline Operation 5 5 Navigating in TESLA Control Panel 5 6 TESLA LITE User Manual Table of Contents 6 Metering Display nee 6 1 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 1 UNILIGEDUNCAM OM nana a ae ode ea veku 7 2 Communication Port Settings 7 3 Recording Control Set
216. ilities Current IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 8 20 Logic Function Configuration Table 8 15 Logic Function Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 7 Logic Function Index Identifies the logic funtion You can select any available function the only restriction is that nested logic functions require the input logic to have a lower Logic Function Index If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Inputs 1 5 Selects the source of the input state for each stage of the boolean cal culation External Input Channels trigger detectors from other chan nels and previously defined Logic Functions are available Inversion Blocks Allows the input state to be inverted Click to activate and move mouse to select option before releasing Logic Gates NOT AND NAND OR NOR Exclusive OR and Exclusive NOR Click to activate scroll window to display click icon to select Delay Module Assert delays the
217. in the Element Tree view TESLA LITE User Manual 8 19 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 9 External Input Channel Settings Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Should always be used with External Input channels to uniguely name the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 7 Channel Identifies the physical External Input used by this channel This number is identified on the rear of the TESLA LITE chassis The list only shows inputs which have not been assigned to other channels To get an overview of channel assignments switch to the Channel Tree view and look at the External Channel list Trigger Settings Definite Delay Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared Settable from 0 to 5 000 ms in eighth cycle incre ments The delay setting is in addition to the pickup delay imposed by the input glitch filtering which is approximately 700 microseconds Text to designate the active and inactive states Default is on and off Maximum 8 characters Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are
218. ing the graph re creation processing time 10 56 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Default Templates D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records These flexible and user defined templates can be shared among different users Normally under default installation options templates are stored on the local hard disk in a sub folder where the RecordGraph application resides for exam ple c Program Files NxtPhase RecordGraph template The template graphical layout file contains information about fixed views graphs traces marker positions read out scaling and zoom range You can analyze a system disturbance recorded at different times and at different loca tions using the template When a template is opened the predefined layout information is automatically applied based on the new record or set of records You can save time by view ing the data recorded without manually loading the traces again Templates are the first step in generating a visual report You automatically form a template when you create views and graphs To re apply the template to a different recording from the same or different recorder you must save this layout information in a file You can extend or alter tem plates by manipulating views graphs and traces Templates are not saved automatically but must be saved using the File gt Save Template option Template files can be shared and customized The list of tem plates is dynamically created and displayed in th
219. inimum VA level Can be set in primary or secondary units Limit Power factor trigger level O to 1 in 0 001 increments Delay Requires the element to be energized before an active state is deter mined Settable from 1 to 10 000 seconds in 1 second increments Trigger Action Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault TESLA LITE User Manual Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered 8 41 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 17 Power Factor Function Settings Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 6 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multipl
220. ion by either double click on the Present Settings item in the list or by selecting Present Settings and using the Edit button This TESLA LITE User Manual 8 1 8 Configuring the Recorder Editing a Recorder s Present Configuration Saved Configuration Files 8 2 will read the configuration from recorder and displays it in the Configuration Editor Present Settings File Help Seinos Das oom T_e Configurations for TESLA LITE TE EJ 2012 Feb 28 15 15 35 T PRO4000 in parallel system 2 E Saved Settings Load to IED 2012 07 79 14 26 49 201 Feh 2919 21 27 T PROANNN in narallel svetem Figure 8 2 Present Configuration When you close the Configuration Editor you are given the option of loading the configuration back into the recorder This gives you a quick way to make changes on the fly You can also transfer the recorder s present configuration to a saved file in Control Panel using the Get from IED button When transferred the configu ration appears in the Saved Settings list Saved Settings File Help Configurations for TESLA LITE Present Settings 2012 02 29_14 35 49 2012 Feb 28 15 15 35 T PRO4000 in parallel system 2012 Feb 29 09 31 37 T PRO4000 in parallel system Copy from other IED Main Menu Records Ti Events Utilities Current IED TESLA LITE Connected TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Figure 8 3 Saved Configurations Saved configuration files are shown und
221. ions e Low speed recordings phasors e Trend channels e Output to calculated channels watts vars Impedance Summa tions Sequence components etc that use this channel as their input High speed recordings of this channel will not have the phase angle applied as they are basic representations of the individual sampled points When the Angle Offset is used on a channel that has been designated as the reference channel it affects the angle measurement of all other channels See Phase Angle Reference Channel on page 8 10 Trigger Settings Rate of Change Interval Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Single Harmonic Number Selects the harmonic of fundamental frequency that will be used by the Single Harmonic trigger 2 to the highest harmonic allowed which is the 25th harmonic Nominal Level Provides a nominal level for the sag and swell detectors Available on voltage channels only See sag and swell detector details below Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude single harmonic THD sag and swell triggers Specifies the magnitude portion of the rate for rate of change triggers Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared Magnitude and Rate of Change triggers 0 to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Single harmonic and THD triggers 1 to 10 000 se
222. ior to the trigger time that is included in the recording Normal Record The total duration of each recording under single trigger conditions Length Includes the pre trigger time Max Extended The maximum length of the record including pre trigger post trigger Record Length and extensions To enable record auto extension for multiple trig gers the Maximum Record Length must be larger than the Normal Record Trend Recordings Sample Rate Read only display of the trending interval in seconds The trend log ging rate is configured in the recorder s setting file see Trend Log ging on page 8 44 D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 7 7 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Table 7 3 Recording Settings Storage High Low Speed Accumulation Mode Selects whether to overwrite the oldest transient or swing records when the storage space is full or the 150 record limit has been reached or to stop storing new records The Storage Alarm can be used in conjunction with the Stop setting to provide notification in advance of the full condition High Low Speed Storage Alarm Limits When enabled you can enter a limit giving the percentage of record ing space that causes an alarm Enter a number between 60 and 99 The storage alarm condition is indicated by flashing the front panel Record Storage LED and activating a selected alarm contact Note the alarm contact assigned to this is displayed as a read only valu
223. isplay options to a template file File gt Save template Trend View Wi RecordGraph x File view Options Help ae lt Default gt x eo haa FB 2 2 0 lek EN JED Records atts Elementi Watttst Figure 10 82 Trend View e Trend View is designed to display trend data e It has a special x axis common to all the graphs to display the data in the date format When zoomed the scale automatically changes depending on the date range For example years months or months days or days hours or hours minutes or minutes seconds Each analog graph in a trend view can display one trace e A maximum of 32 graphs can be added per view D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 55 10 Graphing Records 10 5 Templates Templates associated with a record Uf RecordGraph E zluj o x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Ruj RI BA Van X 2 8 9 S tij aj Aj jej FE 2a RI T d M ne nn j Ka Pal Default gt a jecorddemo S y g 1 recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 1 le C Ph Current High Mag el Basic V RI 1 n r r a El Analog demoa LOK T x O483KA te 0 8K O 0757KA 6667 O0SKJ 1 240K4 0 3K4 h Watts Zero Sequence El Low Speed Channels Analog Frequency Impedance Line 1 b B Ph Current r Positive Sequ
224. l Voltage Continuous rating Maximum over scale thermal rating Burden Vn 69 Vrms 2x Vn 138 Vrms 3x Vn 207 Vrms for 10 seconds lt 0 15 VA 69 Vrms Analog Current Inputs 4 sets of 3 phase current inputs 12 current channels Nominal Current Full Scale Continuous Maximum full scale rating Thermal Rating Burden In 1 Arms or 5 Arms 3x In 3 Arms or 15 Arms 40x In for 1 second symmetrical 400 A for 1 second lt 0 25 VA 5 Arms Sampling Resolution Amplitude measurement accuracy 0 5 for 54 to 66 Hz Burden Burden resistance gt 10 k ohms Analog Input Sampling Sample rate 96 samples cycle for recording 8x cycle for protection External Inputs 38 isolated inputs Optional 48 125 or 250 Vdc nominal externally wetted Isolation 2 KV optical isolation Sample Rate 96 samples cycle External Input Turn on Voltage 48 Vdc range 27 to 40 Vdc 125 Vdc 75 to 100 Vdc 250 Vdc 150 to 200 Vdc 60 to 80 of nominal Specified voltages are over full ambient temperature range Alarm Contacts D03283R01 02 Externally wetted Make 30 A as per IEEE C37 90 Carry 8A Break 0 9 A at 125 Vdc resistive 0 35 A at 250 Vdc resistive TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix A 3 Appendix A Specifications TESLA LITE Power System Recorder Environmental Ambient Temperature Range 40 C to 85 C for 16 hours 40 C to 70 C continuous
225. l data recorded is classified into e High Speed Analog and external digital input channels sampled at the high speed transient data rate e High Speed 480 sec Analog and internal logic channels pro duced 8 times per cycle e Low Speed 60 sec Analog input channels sampled at the low speed swing data rate Select the desired channel from the list with a left click Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selec tion actions click Ctrl or Shift keys Place selected channels in the Exported Channels list box Place all channels into the Exported Channels list box Delete a channel from the Exported Channel list box Delete all channels from the Exported Channel list box Offset negative start When checked this option shifts the negative time to start from times to begin at zero zero 11 4 TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 11 2 PTI Format D03283R01 02 11 Record Export Utility PTI Export Settings Fa Export to data Nina s Recorder A ecords 2001 01 24 16 14 45 00021 asc Browse Station Name Identification Header Text Low Speed 60 sec v Elementi va tst Val 1 Magnitud 4 Elementi va tst Val 1 Phase Element1 vb tst bl 1 Magnitud Element1 vb tst Vbl 1 Phase Elementi Vc tst Vel 1 Magnitud gt Elementi vc tst Ve 1 Phase Elementi la tst lal 1 Magnitude Elementi la tst lal 1 Phase lt Unused Rec Chan Magnitude Unused Rec Chan Phase z
226. layed on the status bar TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Symcom View D03283R01 02 File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help MM recordaram eee a la x ele H Low Speed Channels S recordemol tir High Speed Channels Analog y TRACD X Vac Vab y TRACD XIn A TRACD X lc A TRACDXIK A TRACDXJA y TRACD Y Vac Vab y TRACD Y In y TRACDY le A TRACD Y Ib A TRACD Y la AV TR4AB X Vac Vab A TRAABXIM A TR4ABXIC A TR4AB XIb A TR4ABXIA Ny Misc ln TR18CD X In A Misc ln TR17AB X In y Misc In TRI7ABY In y TR4AB Y Vac Vab A TR4AB Y In A TRAAB Y Ic N TR44B Y lb y TRAABY la Ay Unit 4Wa Unit 4 Va A Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb y Unit 4 e Unit 4 e A Unit 4 la Unit 4 la Ny Unit 4 1b Unit 4 lb Unit 4 lc Unit 4 lc y Misc In TR18CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbe y Misc Vac Bus 4F Ybe AV Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbe y Mise Vac Bus 4J Vbe Ay Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Yn y Analog Input36 C ukanasl TESLA Sample z kuj kul S lala m Unit 4 a Unit 4 la 15 0K 12 5K roo HALE z m Unit 4b Unit 4 Ib 2 5K4 5 0K4 7 5K4 T T T T T 0 025 0 050 ogs loco 0 125 0 150 X 1 398KA O 4 234KA 42 836KA 10 0K r T T T 0 100 0 075 0 050 0 025 odo T A 2 020K 154 A 1 649K B 1 348K 30 B 1 649K 1 657K 87 C 1 649K Du Analogt AU Timeline sa Symcom si
227. le menu The printed output follows the same general layout as the Element Tree Where applicable the settings are given in secondary units The excep tion is the Fault Location parameters which are given in primary units You can preview the printed output by selecting Print Preview from the File menu Print Config function is also available under the Config menu MODBUS The MODBUS address equivalents shows all of the functions defined in the TESLA LITE recorder see Modbus Functions in Appendix D Selecting the Print MODBUS settings item from the Fi e menu generates a listing that 1s configurable listing the full function names in Element Function Description format along with the equivalent MODBUS addresses You can preview the printed output by selecting Print MODBUS Preview from the File menu Print MODBUS function is also available under the Config menu DNP The DNP point list shows all of the functions defined in the TESLA LITE re corder see DNP3 Device Profile in Appendix E Selecting the Print DNP settings item from the File menu generates a listing that is configurable listing the full function names in Element Function Description format along with the equivalent DNP points 8 Configuring the Recorder You can preview the printed output by selecting Print DNP Preview from the File menu Print DNP function is also available under the Config menu D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 8 47 9 Record an
228. llation Step 1 Start gt Settings gt Control Panel Step 2 Double click Modems icon Z Central Paral L Ffin aiai Maen Options E i Wirio Update E Heb ai Support Inctall Hew Modem Do pou veni Wirdona lo detect pou modemi Winders yall reva liy bo dabat your modem Balon goning pou shee T the modem m siih lo po come make pute du uma or 2 Ou y Pro rni Hat may be using Ihe moden Chet Nem when pou sre redu bo oct Step 4 Select Don t detect my modem I will select it from a list Select Next Figure 3 1 Null Modem Driver Installation 5 Select the Have Disk button select Browse To find the file go to c Program Files ERLPhase TESLA Control Panel Null_Mdm_ Inf Select OK This is the default location for TESLA Control Panel If you selected a different location to install TESLA Control Panel you will find the Null Modem driver Null Mdm Inf in that directory TESLA LITE User Manual 3 3 3 TESLA Control Panel Installation Install From Disk Insert the manufacturer s installation disk and then make sure that the correct dive is selected below Copy manufacturer s files from AN Locate File Look in E gt NwtPhase deta S gt OD RecordBase View My Recent CZ TESLA Control Panel 3 Desktop My Documents igs My Computer File name My Network Files of type Cancel Figure 3 2 Browse for Null Mdm inf 6 Select th
229. lly set to 20000 4 14 TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 4 Communicating with the Recorder SCADA Point Modbus Protocol Mapping The data points available for Modbus SCADA interface are fixed and are not selectable by the user Complete details regarding the Modbus protocol emu lation and data point lists can be found in Modbus Functions on page Appendix D 1 TESLA 4000 Control Panel Config Edit File Edit Config View Help Element Tree O Identification SCADA Communication E SCADA Communication Serial DNP Configuration s OM O Point Map JED Address Baud Rate 19200 gt O Class Data Mod ode SCADA Summary Data Link Timeout 2000 ms 0 to disable Channel Group Modbus ASCII Meter Groups Modbus Binary Trend PMU DNF Serial Network CDR DNP LAN TCP Keep Alive Timeout fo s 0 to disable DNP LAN UDP UDF Response Configured Port Source Port of Request Number of Masters O O mke Based On F ddress Port Number m Master 1 IP Address Master 2 IP Address m Master 3 IP Address Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Show Primary Units Main Menu Config Edit TESLA 4000 Control Panel Current IED TESLA 4000 internet Not Connected Figure 4 12 Communications Setup In Control Panel for Modbus D03283R01 02 TESL
230. lors Tce 9 inii File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help BISIS pars ne Tal Ee x elelee a a a Af N slej ae Show Grid G E peasant i Show X AxisTicks T recordemo1 tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in E 86U2 Ext Input Tripped ign Spee annels E Analog Show Legends L 200K xsara Ay TRACD X ac Vat Show Trigger Marker z O 2 6927KV A TRACDXIN Lock Markers K A B 7751KV im Set Phase Colors Ay TR4AB XVac Vab Ay TR4AB XIn A TR4AB X Ic Ay TR4AB X b Ay TRAABXJA ve A mr ur reas JIM Red y la IM Red ta ka a Extend Print Range Ek Ay TRACDX a Set Phase Colors i A TRACD Y VaeVat A TRACD Y In Set Precision gt i y TRACD Y Ic 10 0K Set Phase Colors Df y Misc In TR17AB Y In TP4AB Y Vac Vab N TRAABYIn VB E Blue IB fj Blue z Ay TR4AB Y lc y TR4AB Y lb TR4AB Y la z x Unit 4 Va Unit 4 Va ve Green z IC a Green z y Unit 4 b Unit 4 b Ay Unit 4 e Unit 4 Ve y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la AJ Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib i Apply to all the views Ay Unit 4 le Unit 4 le Cancel 0 020 X 0 0363 s O 0 0092 s m Unit 4 dy Misc In TR18CD Y y Mise Vac Bus 4G Vbe y MisoVac Bus 4F Vbe y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbo y Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbe y Unit 4Vac Unit 4 Vn A 0 0271 s y Analog Input36 ia ov External Bd v Set desired voltage and current phase colors Scale Primary Z Figure 10 49 Set Phase Colors Use this op
231. m IED indicates ILLEGAL FUNCTION Force Single Coil Function Code 05 Only the hold readings coil can be forced When active this coil locks all coil input and holding register readings simul taneously at their present values When inactive coil input and holding register values will read their most recently avail able state Channel Address Appendix D 8 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix D Modbus Functions Hold Readings Read Write 01 0000 Readings update normally inactive FFOO Hold readings active D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix D 9 Appendix D Modbus Functions Preset Single Register Function Code 06 Channel Address Scaled Up By Event Information See Accessing TESLA Event Infor 42099 42051 mation below Refresh event list No data reguired Acknowledge the current event and get the next event No data required Get the next event without acknowledge No data required Diagnostic Subfunctions Function Code 08 Return Query Data Subfunction 00 This provides an echo of the submitted message Restart Comm Option Subfunction 01 This restarts the Modbus communications process Force Listen Only Mode Subfunction 04 No response is returned IED enters Listen Only mode This mode can only be exited by the Restart Comm Option com mand Report Slave ID Function Code 17 0x11 A fixed resp
232. manual in PDF format e USB Driver To Install Insert the CD ROM in your drive The CD ROM should open automatically Software on Ifthe CD ROM does not open automatically go to Windows Explorer and find the CD ROM usually on D drive Open the ERLPhase exe file to launch the your Computer EI To install the software on your computer click the desired item on the sereen The installation program launches automatically Installation may take a few minutes to start To view the TESLA LITE User Manual the user must have Adobe Acrobat on their computer Anti virus Anti spyware Software If an anti virus anti spyware software on your local system identifies any of the ERLPhase applications as a potential threat it will be necessary to con D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual xi System Reguirements figure your anti virus anti software to classify it as safe for its proper oper ation Please consult the appropriate anti virus anti spyware software documentation to determine the relevant procedure Installing TESLA Control Panel The user must be logged on to the target computer as a user with local admin istrator privileges to install TESLA Control Panel Once installed the user may be logged in as a Limited User as administrator privileges are not generally re quired for operation of the program The exception to this is the ability to com municate with TESLA LITE recorders through Modem LAN Gateway see If an inter
233. me as the record you are exporting You can edit this or use the Browse button to set a new direc tory and or base filename Station Name and Unit ID The Station Name and Identification fields are not written to the Excel CSV format output file Header Text There is no header text written to the Excel CSV format output file Version There are no version options for the Excel CSV output Format ASCII is the only format options for the Excel CSV output D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 11 7 11 Record Export Utility Table 11 3 CSV Export Settings Channel Selection You must select the channels from the record that you want to include in the output file For convenience the digital data recorded is classified into e High Speed Analog and external digital input channels sam pled at the high speed transient data rate e High Speed 480 sec Analog and internal logic channels produced 8 times per cycle e Low Speed 60 sec Analog input channels sampled at the low speed swing data rate Select the desired channel from the list with a left click Multiple channels can be selected using standard Windows selection actions click Ctrl or Shift keys Place selected channels in the Exported Channels list box Place all channels into the Exported Channels list box Delete a channel from the Exported Channel list box Delete all channels from the Exported Channel list box Offse
234. menu and select Copy to Clipboard 2 Open any other software package which supports the pasting facility from the clipboard for example Excel or Microsoft Word and paste the view Saves the view to a Metafile format emf 1 To save to as a Metafile select View gt Save to Metafile or right click on the graph to bring up the context menu and select Save to Metafile 2 A dialog box appears prompting you to save the file in a selected folder TO ll ma Savejn temp O denge RecordGraph Testing File name Une 1 emp Save as type Enhanced Meta File emf Cancel 4 Figure 10 99 Save to Metafile 10 10 Exporting Channel Data D03283R01 02 Any channel data can be exported to the clipboard from the active view Ifa graph has multiple channels all the channel data is exported to the clipboard This option copies the trace data to the clipboard and using Edit gt Paste to paste into other applications like Microsoft Word or Excel Copy Trace Data to Clipboard E 16 x J Ri foal Sle x eleele z dli s s le ael ele recorddemo2 2000 05 31 16 31 25 366 Line 41 lc C Ph Current High Mag File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Set Graphs Per Page dd Analog Graph Ins rec Add Digital Graph ka Delete Graph Move al 150 0K r X 47 219KV hottage 10 0K 4 O 2040KY Copy Trace trl C ji
235. mmation Channels are available Specific Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic In use where appropriate Generic Vac Iac TESLA LITE User Manual 8 21 8 Configuring the Recorder Notes The primary to secondary scale factor used by the Summation Channel is the same as that of its first input channel Settings TESLA Summation Function Configuration Element Description Summation Index summation mera 1 Units kV Scale 2 kV V Rate of Change Interval 10 v Cycle s Define Inputs Element Type Description Scale Factor Angle Offset Input 1 let Va ph voltage X 1 z o input 2 let Vb ph voltage x K Z 120 Input 3 let Ve ph voltage x x 1 z 120 Actions High Magnitude Low Magnitude Negative Rate of Change Positive Rate of Change Figure 8 15 Summation Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 10 Summation Channel Settings Element Identifies the group to which this channel belongs The Element forms the first part of the channel name The Element is selected when the channel is created and is fixed once assigned when you are working in the Element Tree view Identifies the type of signal being applied to this input channel The Type forms a part of the channel name Element Type Description Selecting the appropriate Type can simplify channel naming by elimi nating the need for the optional Description field e g Line 1 laSum uniquely defines the channel Initially set when the c
236. mples secondichannel Storage Storage Alarms Accumulation Mode Status Alarm Limits Enabled Contact HighiLow Speed Recycle v when full ACTIVE 80 full v Trends Recycle v when full ACTIVE 80 days accumulated v CDR unsupported Not applicable for CDR data Unit Identification i Analog Input Calibration A Notify Safe Shutdown Cancel Save Close Main Menu Utilities TESLA Control Panel v0 03 Current IED TeslaLite15 Connected Figure 7 5 Recorder Setup Utilities Duration Recording In Duration Recording the duration of the trigger determines the record length The record stores the configured amount of pre trigger data continues to re cord while the trigger is active and then records a configured amount of post trigger data If a trigger remains active the TESLA LITE stops recording once the Maximum Record Length limit is reached If a subsequent trigger occurs while a record is being created it will be combined with the first trigger using a logical OR operation as long as it is not near to the maximum record length limit If the trigger is processed near the end of the record a new overlapping record will be created instead of combining the triggers Records with com bined High Speed and Low Speed data can only be combined during the High Speed data capture portion of the record Duration Recording mode captures all the data during the fault trigger but tends to create larger records that may contain unimportant da
237. n Menu e If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button Main Menu Edit button Select IED List SEK Fie view Help TESLA 4000 Control Panel Records Trends Continuous Recording Delete Edit IED dialogue box Add New Edit IED IED Definition JED Name Tesla LITE Demo Unit Comments Location IED Serial Number TESLA 4001 110518 03 OO Model TESLALITE v Configuration 54 Current inputs r Communication C Direct Serial Link Serial Link 4 Baud Rate C Modem Link Modem be Phone Number e Network Link First IP Address 192 168 100 15 r ae in Use SOCKSS Proxy ____ Add New Modem Serial Link Get Information From TESLA Folder placement Recordings Folder C Program Files NxtPhaseidataitTESLA Demo Uniti Browse Configs Folder C Program FilesiNxtPhasevdata TESLA Demo Unity Browse Save IED definition Cancel Figure 4 2 Edit IED e The method of communication with the recorder is specified as part of its IED definition Use the Edit button to view or change this informa tion Ensure the Network Link option is selected and the recorder s IP address is entered 4 4 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 4 Communicating with the Recorder e For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 4 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button e A dialog bo
238. n only Prints all the events up to 250 events to a local printer TESLA LITE User Manual 9 7 10 Graphing Records 10 1 Getting Started RecordGraph is a tool used to display and analyze records from ERLPhase re lays and recorders Use it to graphically view the data recorded during fault swing and trend modes RecordGraph is integrated with TESLA Control Panel Launch RecordGraph from TESLA Control Panel D03283R01 02 Method 1 Records 1 Open TESLA Control Panel by double clicking on the TESLA icon on your desktop If the application is not installed install the application and then proceed 2 Double click on the Records item in the tree list or select Records and use the Enter key 3 Using the Records tab select a local record from the tree list 4 Click the Graph button Double click Records or use Enter key File Vie n ii TESLA Control Panel Main Menu Help Trends r cae C a Continuous Recording Events Metering o Mar TESLA Coni cofesaton In the Records tab select a local record from the tree list Click on Graph button to launch RecordGraph Yi TESLA Control Panel Records File Trigger View Help bo 5 x Record Filter Get Remote Summaries Record Summary Latest 25 Records Get Remote Events Record Name TeslaLite 15 2012 02 28 10 48 10_7 Autopoll 7 Aut Record Type Fault Record Version
239. n the line option is enabled the free form box zooming is disabled Dis able the CrossHair measurement to resize and move the reference line then en able the CrossHair option to measure the values Select the line option again to remove the line from the graph Legend feature button 0 agy xj zlejejej 2 a z s a Se 211 Ble Yew Gah Measure Sae Opos Heb u 7 8 lt Defadt gt Z j zj le FI EI kaj kd ES m IVLG 8 tore Seg npeedandneng Ir Leiola Vaea 209 Low y sorte Legend box with all the ereeeme lt lt trelay characteristics se limpedance names See Secondary Figure 10 76 Example of the Legends Feature Use the legend feature to distinguish relay characteristics from the calculated impedances You can move the legend box and resize to the desired level You can hide the legend box by re selecting the legend option again W iRecordGraph File Yiew Graph Measure Scale Options Help ajajaja a R20364 2000 11 08 03 12 31 843 S High Speed Channels Ei el x aLels s ml t e a AIT R sole gt 22 Ev Analog OVA Line Voltage A D12C Zab Phase Phase Hi k m fon i ed O VB Line ee B D12C Zbe Phase Phase Resized leg end box showi ng me Voltage d A Line Voltage C D120 i all the relay characteristics y Line Curent A D12C y Line CurentB D12C y Line Current C D12C y Current 24 UNUSED A Current 2 B UNUSED iy Current 2 C UNUSED y Curent 3A UNUSED Ay Current 3 B UNUSED y
240. n triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 6 to trigger another device 8 34 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 14 Freguency Channel Settings Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 6 will not be available for use here 8 12 Logic Functions Description Input Calculation Triggers Recording Number of Channels Types Notes D03283R01 02 Logic Functions are boolean logic statements that can be applied to External Input Channels and trigger detectors from other channels You can choose up to 5 inputs each of which may be inverted and specify a chain of logic oper ations to
241. nal is connected to the BNC connec tion on the back of the recorder When the IRIG B signal is provided to the re corder and is enabled in the settings through the user interface the IRIG B functional LED comes on and the recorder clock is referenced to this signal No settings are required to differentiate between modulated or unmodulated signals this is automatically detected by the recorder You can enable or disable the IEEE 1344 extension in the terminal mode set tings Utilities gt Setup gt Time The enabled mode receives the year from the IRIG B signal Disable this setting if the available IRIG B signal has no year extension 4 3 Communicating with the Recorder IED 4 2 You can connect to the recorder to access its user interface and SCADA ser vices by e Front USB 2 0 interface user interface e Front or rear copper or optical Ethernet network link user interface and SCADA e Direct serial link user interface and SCADA e External or internal modem link user interface only The recorder has a front panel USB Port Port 450 two Ethernet Ports 401 one front and one rear panel and two rear serial ports Port 404 and Port 405 that provide direct access to its user interface and SCADA services TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 4 Ethernet LAN Link D03283R01 02 PC with TCP IP Port 401 or Port 402 TCP IP Network Port 401 RJ 45 Network Port
242. nal modem was installed at the factory it will already be appropriately configured on page 4 12 Overview Instructions for installing TESLA Control Panel and configuring Win dows for its use are covered in TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 Once these steps are complete go to the First Time Start Up section for details on launching TESLA Control Panel see First Time Start Up on page 3 6 xii TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 1 Overview 1 1 TESLA LITE System Description The TESLA LITE power system recorder 1s a multi time frame recording sys tem used to monitor electrical power systems It can record up to 12 ac currents and 6 voltage channels and 38 digital status channels and store up to 150 re cordings The TESLA LITE can record data simultaneously in three time domains high speed transient fault seconds low speed dynamic swing minutes and con tinuous trend 10 second to 1 hour intervals A wide variety of triggers are available to initiate recording The TESLA LITE system consists of the recorder and the TESLA Control Pan el user interface software TESLA Control Panel user interface software pro vides tools to configure the recorder retrieve and manage records and display real time measured values Control Panel also includes RecordGraph a graph ical record display and analysis software tool An optional central station program RecordBase Central Station is available
243. nected Control Tabs Status Bar Figure 5 3 TESLA Control Panel Display Sections Navigation Tree The left pane provides a means of moving between TESLA Control Panel functions or selecting items within a function e g channels from a record TESLA Control Panel functions Records Trend Events Metering Utilities and Configuration are activated by a double click You can optimize the screen space between the tree and the working area to create a larger working area Some screens have a Hide Tree button to maxi mize the working area The Working Area on the right pane of the display represents the main working area of each section of the TESLA Control Panel The Control Tabs are a row of selection tabs near the bottom of the screen Each time you start a function a corresponding tab is created Select the control tabs to navigate from one screen to another or the Main Menu item Use the Close button to close the screen The Status Bar at the bottom of the TESLA Control Panel displays the name of the selected recorder workspace and the status of the connections TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 6 Metering Display Standard Metering Screens User Defined Metering Screens Primary Secondary D03283R01 02 The recorder has a full set of real time metering displays that provide present readings from the analog and digital input channels and the calculated chan nels The Metering display is accessed through th
244. nfigurable selectable from Application Layer Configurable other describe Fragment 1 5 4 Timeout waiting for None 2 000 ms Complete Application x Fixed at 2 000 ms Layer Fragment Configurable range to ms Configurable selectable from ms Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 5 5 Maximum number of k Fixed at 16 16 objects allowed in a Configurable range to single control request Configurable selectable from z for CROB group 12 Configurable other describe Variable explain 1 5 6 Maximum number of Fixed at _ Analog Outputs objects allowed in a Configurable range tO not supported single control reguest Configurable selectable from for Analog Outputs Configurable other describe group 41 Variable explain 1 5 7 Maximum number of Fixed at Data Sets not objects allowed ina Configurable range to supported single control request Configurable selectable from s s for Data Sets groups Configurable other describe 85 86 87 Variable explain 1 5 8 Supports mixing object Not applicable controls are not supported Analog Outputs groups AOBs CROBs Yes not supported and Data Sets in the x No same control request Appendix E 8 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 1 6 Fill Out The Following If configurable Items For Outstations Capabilities Current Value list methods Only 1 6 1 Timeout waiting for None 5 000 ms Application Confirm of
245. nfiguring the Recorder Comments Chatter Limits Storage Alarms speed fault records and used to display calculated high speed channels The sample rate does not affect the data rate of downstream calculations that gen erate data for low speed swing recordings low speed calculated channels the metering display update rate or the trending rate The Sample Rate also determines the freguency response of the front end anti aliasing filters and therefore the bandwith of the analog channels See the fol lowing tables TESLA LITE sample rate is 96 samples per cycle 5760 samples per second in a 60 hz freguncy system or 4800 samples per second for 50 Hz freguency It can calculate upto the 25th Harmonic at this sample rate In the Comments section you can enter a description of the configuration for reference purposes This description is also displayed in the configuration management screen to identify saved configuration files The Limits screen accessed by expanding the Identification branch in the Nav igation tree lets you define how the recorder behaves when dealing with nu merous repetitive triggers The chatter limit settings specify the time window Chatter Detection Window in which the chatter detector works The detector limits the number of triggers that can occur on the same channel and of the same trigger type within the window Four External Input triggers and two analog or calculated channel triggers are allow
246. ng applied to this input channel The Type forms a part of the channel name Element Type Description Selecting the appropriate Type can simplify channel naming by elimi nating the need for the optional Description field e g Line 1 VSeq uniquely defines the channel Initially set when the channel was cre ated the Type can be changed to refer to a different phase as needed Description Optional field 12 characters Provides an additional description of the channel that forms part of the channel name Use if Element Name and channel Type do not sufficiently identify the channel Channel Grouping and Naming on page 8 7 Sequence Index Identifies the Sequence Component channel Unlike the analog and external input channels this is not associated with a hardware input but simply identifies which of the internal virtual summation channels will be used You can select any available channel without restriction If the only option is undefined you have already used all available channels Phase A Phase B Phase C Identifies the channels used to create the sequence set The list is limited to channels of the correct type voltage or current and includes analog input or summation channels which have already been defined The list grows automatically as you define new chan nels Trigger Settings Rate of Change Interval D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Specifies the period of time
247. nge to ms Configurable Selectable from bit times Configurable Selectable ffrom ms Configurable other describe Variable explain Current Value If configurable list methods 1 2 8 Inter character gaps in transmission Appendix E 4 None always transmits with no inter character gap Maximum bit times Maximum ms TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile If configurable Current Value list methods 1 3 IP Networking Capabilities Port Name Port 411 or Port 412 Type of End Point TCP Initiating Master Only TCP Listening Outstation Only TCP Dual required for Masters UDP Datagram required Not configured for DNP TESLA Control Panel IP Address of this Device 192 168 100 10 1 TESLA LITE Maintenance utilities Subnet Mask TESLA LITE Maintenance utilities Gateway IP Address Not set TESLA LITE Maintenance utilities Accepts TCP Connections or UDP Datagrams from Allows all show as in 1 3 7 Limits based on an P address Limits based on list of IP addresses Limits based on a wildcard IP address Limits based on list of wildcard IP addresses Other validation explain Limits based on an IP address TESLA Control Panel IP Address es from which TCP Connections or UDP Datagrams are accepted 192 168 1 1 TESLA Control Panel TCP Listen Port Number Not Applicable Master w
248. nsfers completely Record priority is determined by the highest priority trigger included in the re cord Trigger priority is set as part of each channel s configuration A notification call to RecordBase to trigger swing recordings on other record ers can be initiated by any of the recorder s triggers Cross trigger notification is selected as part of each channel s configuration Notify Communications Strategy Connect Using Retry Attempts f Modem Phone Number Maximum Attempts 19 i LAN IP Address 0 0 0 06 Delay Between Attempts 60 seconds f Do Not Connect Motify on creation of new Recording if Priority iz at least a Safe Shutdown Cancel Main Menu Trends Metering Lhilities TESLA Control Panel 0 02 Figure 7 8 Notify Communication Strategy TESLA LITE User Manual 7 13 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 14 Table 7 5 Notify Settings Connect Using The TESLA recorder can be set to notify a RecordBase Central Station via modem or LAN or to not notify at all These 3 options are mutually exclusive Note that the availability of these controls is dependent on the hardware options and configuration of the recorder Modem If Modem is selected enter the telephone number of the RecordBase call in modem All standard modem dialing characters are supported e g a comma is used to specify a pause in the dialing sequence LAN If LAN is selected enter the IP address of the computer running
249. o dual end point Fixed at 20 000 Configurable range 1025 to 32737 Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe TESLA Control PanelTESLA Control Panel TCP Listen Port Number of remote device Not Applicable Outstation w o dual end point Fixed at 20 000 Configurable range to Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe TCP Keep alive timer Fixed at ms Configurable range 5 to 3 600 s Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe Disabled TESLA Control Panel Local UDP port Fixed at 20 000 Configurable range 1025 to 32737 Configurable selectable from Configurable other describe Let system choose Master only TESLA Control Panel Destination UDP port for DNP3 Requests Master Only D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 5 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile If configurable 1 3 IP Networking Capabilities Current Value iet methode 1 3 13 Destination UDP port None NA for initial unsolicited null Fixed at 20 000 responses UDP only Configurable range to Outstations Configurable selectable from s s Configurable other describe 1 3 14 Destination UDP port None 20 000 TESLA Control for responses Fixed at 20 000 Panel Configurable range 1025 to 32737 Configurable selectable from i Configurable other describe Use source port number 1 3 15 Multiple master x Supports multiple masters Outstation
250. o enter channel settings that helps maintain consistency between channels The column width can be adjusted on the overview tables to optimize the lay out for the particular configuration TESLA LITE User Manual 8 11 8 Configuring the Recorder Individual Channel Screens Detailed channel configuration is displayed on an individual channel basis The settings for each channel can be displayed in individual sereens by select ing the specific channel in the Navigation Each channel type has its own con figuration screen with parameters appropriate for its type TESLA hag Input Configuration Element Module Type O DNP Configuration el ru e current 1A po Intemal 5A Nm Units 300 A A Angle Offset Rate of Change Interval Single Harmonic Number Nominal Level EO el A re o 1 0 w Cycle s 3 A O Meter Groups zo Hide Tree Show Primary Units SavelCose Main Trends Events i Metering Utilities Config Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 02 _ Current IED TESLA LITE Connected V Figure 8 9 Individual Channel Configuration Screen TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 Adding an Element Deleting an Element Adding a Channel D03283R01 02 O DNP Configuration 8 Configuring the Recorder To create a new element you must be in the Element Tree view Element and Channel Tree Views
251. oblem Cleared Software Restart Problem Cleared Hardware Reset Problem Persists After Repeated Reset Attempts Problem Still Present Figure 12 2 Error Handling TESLA LITE User Manual 12 5 12 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling State Indicators Table 12 4 State Indicators Recorder State Indicators Normal Recorder Functional LED ON Failure Contact OPEN Software Reset Recorder Functional LED ON Failure Contact OPEN Hardware Reset Recorder Functional LED ON Test Mode LED ON Failure Contact OPEN Persistent Error Recorder Functional LED OFF Alarm LED ON Failure Contact CLOSED Diagnostic The recorder has an internal log file to aid in problem diagnosis The log can Tools be viewed from the Maintenance Menu see below As well a full diagnostic information package can be generated and uploaded to your PC where it can be e mailed to ERLPhase customer support for analysis The Maintenance menu also has tools to help diagnose SCADA problems and network communication problems 12 6 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix A Specifications TESLA LITE Power System Recorder Item Quantity Specs General Weight 11 9 lbs 32 0 Ibs Dimension 17 7 cm 48 3 cm rack mount 30 5 cm deep 6 93 19 rack mount 12 deep Nominal Freguency 50 or 60 Hz Power Supply Full operating range 43 275 Vdc 90 265 Vac Power Consumption 25 35 V
252. og Input 12 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 12 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 12 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 12 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 SHL Analog Input 13 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 13 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 13 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 13 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 SHL Analog Input 14 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 14 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 14 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 14 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 SHL Analog Input 15 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 15 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 15 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 15 2 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 SHL Analog Input 16 2 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 16 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angl
253. ogi AW Timeline Figure 10 86 Multiple IEDs 1 Open records from two or more desired IEDs different TESLA LITEs or different relays 2 Create or modify the existing layout information create graphs by selecting channels from different IEDs 3 Use Save Template as option to save the new layout information with a de sired template name When all IED records are pre loaded into the RecordGraph multiple IED templates are saved matched based on serial number If the record is loaded one at a time then double clicking on each record reapplys the template filling the respective channels TESLA LITE User Manual 10 61 10 Graphing Records 10 6 View and Graph Titles View Title 10 62 When a new record is loaded the information corresponding to the options se lected is compiled and the updated information is displayed in the View Title GraphTitle View Title alal Hel Aglaei al alel al 0 415 mial aE VINA stim nea ia dy hind IM AAAs ii Jj oe kb O a Mi KLU ii Mi Kt liji liv tli Pena s m u Afi ares tiie Geach ote TUNI k Peay r iik fr ipsi fami PE 0 Mi o AA Ena T ies ja in Figure 10 87 View and Graph Titles View Title is the title on the top of each record view When a new record is loaded the information corresponding to the options selected is compiled and the updated information is displayed in the View Title You can choose any of four options by clicking th
254. om X Axis Delete Graph Add Analog Graph Show Hide Trigger Marker i Recorder Data and Impedance Options Add a View 4 ee eee He ee Figure 10 51 Tool Bar Buttons In the Tree View you can expand a loaded record to identify the recorded and calculated channels if configured A right click menu is available to manip ulate the tree items Most of the tool bar buttons work in a similar way to that of the menu items explained in the previous sections TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Table 10 20 Tool Bar Buttons Save Template Save template file on the disk Show Record Summary Displays record summary events trigger time etc Export Brings up export module Print Prints record Add a View Adds a graph view that displays the fault information Titles Places a title above graph for all views see Figure 10 88 View Title Options Impedance Creates an R X plot before during and after fault Markers Displays vertical lines x and o to find the coordinate values on the graph Show Hide Trigger Marker Displays hides zero trigger marker Set Graphs Per Page Sets number of graphs per page Add Analog Graph Add an analog graph Add Digital Graph Add a digital graph Delete Delete a graph Zoom X Axis Enlarges the trace range on X axis Zoom X Axis
255. on Restore only default recorder configuration settings channel definitions Restore only default system setup ports time settings Force hardware reset Network utilities Monitor SCADA Save Recent Trend Data Modify Point To Point IP Addresses Calibrate DSP clock Enter Safe Shutdown Mode Exit x port 450 access only Please enter a command 1 14 _ 1 2 3 a 4 9 6 7 8 9 Connected 0 00 10 VT100 TCP IP Figure 4 14 HyperTerminal D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 9 Communication Port Details The serial port 405 is configured as ETA RS 232 DCE devices with female DB9 connectors This allows them to be connected directly to a PC serial port with a standard straight through male to female serial cable A modem adapter part 101629 is available to convert a port into a DTE de vice equivalent to the serial port on a PC The adapter allows you connect an external modem to the recorder s Port 405 using a standard modem cable Table 4 3 TESLA Recorder Serial Ports Location Function Rear Panel Serial port for connection to an external modem or for direct con nection to a computer configurable Default baud rate set at 38 400 baud Rear Panel Connection to SCADA DNP3 or Modbus interface Default baud rate set at 19 200 baud Table 4 4 Signal connections to pins on Recorder Port Signal Name Direction PC lt gt IED Pin on the IED
256. onds with automatic record extension up to the Maximal Record Length seconds under multiple trigger conditions The Maximal Record Length for the transient fault recording is user configurable and is set in the Utilities gt Recording 60 samples second 1 sample cycle dynamic swing recordings Dynamic swing record from 10 seconds to 15 minutes with automatic record extension up to the Maximal Record Length minutes under multiple trigger conditions The Maximal Record Length for the dynamic swing recording is user config urable and is set in the Utilities gt Recording e Trend recording for 45 user configurable channels for 15 days at sample in tervals from 10 seconds to one hour e Calculated channels summations watts vars power factor positive nega tive and zero sequence components impedance fault location frequency harmonics and logic channels e Record compression to reduce record size maximize storage capacity and minimize transmission time e Rates and level triggering on all input and calculated channels with individual controls for delay logging record initiation and alarm contact activation e Configurable logic can be applied to digital inputs and internal trigger states e User assigned trigger priorities help identify critical events and records e Centralized cross triggering of dynamic swing recordings through Record Base Central Station e TESLA LITE supports DNP3 and Modbus SCADA communication proto cols e De
257. onse is returned by the IED including system model version and issue numbers Channel Type Bytes Value Model Number Read Only 0 and 1 0x07D00 2000 decimal Version Number Read Only 2 and 3 Version number Issue Number Read Only 4 and 5 Issue number e The TESLA LITE IED model number is 4001 e Version and issue will each be positive integers say X and Y e The TESLA LITE is defined as Model 4001 Version X Issue Y Appendix D 10 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix D Modbus Functions Accessing TESLA LITE Event Information All TESLA LITE detector event messages displayed in the Event Log are available via Modbus This includes fault location infor mation The following controls are available Refresh Event List Function Code 6 address 42049 Fetches the latest events from the TESLA s event log and makes them available for Modbus access The most recent event becomes the current event available for reading Acknowledge Current Event and Get Next Event Function Code 6 address 42050 Clears the current event from the read registers and places the next event into them An acknowledged event is no longer available for reading Get Next Event Function Code 6 address 42051 Places the next event in the read registers without acknowledging the current event The current event will reappear in the list when Refresh Event List is used Size of Current Event Message
258. ontrol Panel on page 3 1 for the start up process details The use of an external surge protection device is required to pass the surge im munity requirements of IEC EN 60255 22 5 Criterion A ERLPhase recom mends either of the following for this function ERLPhase p n 107898 Manufacturer Phoenix Contact Ltd Manufacturer s p n 2858357 PT 2 PE S 230AC Or ERLPhase p n 107899 Manufacturer Dehn Ltd Manufacturer s p n 953 200 DR M 2P 255 One surge protector can be used to protect multiple units as long as the current limit of the surge protection device is not exceeded Note that this is a consumable item and not covered by ERLPhase warranty TESLA LITE User Manual 2 1 2 Connection and Power Up 2 3 Signal Connections External Input Channels Alarm Contacts IRIG B Time Signal Communication Ports 2 2 The recorder s external inputs are dry inputs intended for use with signals from a 48 125 250 Vdc station battery The external inputs are isolated and protect ed against transient surges They activate at approximately 32 Vdc The alarm contacts on the rear of the unit are dry contacts They are isolated and protected against transient surges The contacts are designated as follows 1 User configurable 2 User configurable 3 User configurable 4 User configurable 5 User configurable 6 Cross trigger 7 Recorder function The cross trigger contact is used to initiate recording on another
259. option to increase the y axis range by 25 of the current zoom range 250 200 150 100 100 150 200 250 Zoom X Axis 2 i a dla Sa x Ales s tla a al SE NI Ae e A oe E bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr 4 lal r T T T T T T T T T T 0 180 0 200 0 220 0 240 0 260 0 280 Hi a E Scale Secondary VA TESLA LITE User Manual 10 Graphing Records 10 24 Scale gt Undo Zoom UM RecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help icixi lt Defa Zoom X Axis e bank 8 r19851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl El High Speed Channels Zoom Y Axis Ctrl Analog A PTMI Ay PTIN2 Reset Zoom CUR bs 47 7e1441 A PTIN3 A CTIJAHE Change Scale Y axis Ctrl V A CT11B HS A CT1AC HS A CT2 14 HS A CT21BHS A CT21CHS A CT31ALS A CT3ABLS A CT3 1C LS A CTAJALS A CT41B LS A CT41C LS A CT5 14 TS A CTSABTS A CTSACTS y la Operating y Ib Operating y le Operating AV la Restraint y lb Restraint y le Restraint External Summation Seconds li Vu Timeline Undo Zoom displays the previous zoom levels Figure 10 40 Undo Zoom 250 150 100 50 50 100 150 200 250 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr r T T T T 0 180 0 200 0 220 al __ Display the previous zoom level Scale gt Reset Zoom SEE Nr EE ZO File
260. or Power Systems outlines the implementation and use of accurate time standards for power systems relaying and recording Annex F describes an IRIG B extension using previously unused control bits in the signal which provides extensive information beyond that of standard IRIG B IRIG B Inter Range Instrumentation Group time code format type B see Range Commanders Council Telecommunications and Timing Group IRIG standard 200 95 IRIG Serial Time Code Formats Describes an implementation for distribution of precise timing informa tion especially to power systems relays and recorders IRIG B is typically provided by a satellite clock e g GPS or GOES Master Recorder A member of a Cooperative Recording Group selected to be the primary interface between the recorder group and TESLA Control Panel or RecordBase Central Station Modbus Modbus is a network using a master slave protocol often used in power system substa tions Its function was developed and is defined by Modicon Inc North Andover MA USA Refer to Modbus Protocol Reference Guide Modicon document PI MBUS 300 Power Technologies Incorporated D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix C 1 Appendix C Glossary A situation that can initiate a recording Universally Coordinated Time Approximately eguivalent to Greenwich Mean Time GMT A universal time maintained by time standards bodies worldwide All local times are expressed as an offset from UTC
261. or the active graph You must select a b and c phase guantities in Overlay View to enable this option see Readouts and Measurements on page 10 64 Scale gt Zoom X Axis ixi Eile View Graph Measure Scale Options Help o at ma x m uk BAES koera ia a el alal Eal x eelle s tla a A AN mej lt lt FE bank 8 119851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr 5 High Speed Channels Zoom Y Axis Ctrl 125 Al E Analog A PTIMI Undo Zoom AV PT1Y2 Reset Zoom Ctrl R A PTIV3 oon Ay CTLJAHE Ay CTLIB HS A CTLICHS 75 A CT21AHS y CT2 1B HS Ay CT21CHS so A CT31ALS R _9 47 781441 bb Change Scale Y axis Ctrl A CT31BLS A CT3ICLS A CTAJALS 5 A CT41BLS A CT4ICLS A CT51ATS 0 A CT51B TS A CTS1CTS A la Operating 25 y lb Operating y le Operating y la Restraint 50 A lb Restraint y le Restraint FE External E Summation rej on lal mrm Seconds 0 20 0 00 0 20 0 40 060 0 80 1 00 1 20 vu Timeline Zoom In X axis Scale Secondary Z Figure 10 36 Zoom X Axis Select this option to decrease the x axis range by 25 of the current zoom range Scale gt Zoom X Axis zicixi File View Graph Measure Scale
262. ords This option displays the rms measurement of the fundamental 60 or 50 Hz between the two markers X and O of the selected channel 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure gt Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure gt Fundamental RMS menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including e RMS fundamental frequency Title e Minimum rms e Maximum rms e Average rms ne Be Yew Gah Meese Kale all x puos teb BIDS fcr x 1 5 y aiae B x eleme zj tia 2 zj ts Sie 13 E Fundamental RMS ale Sao Figure 10 93 Fundamental RMS TESLA LITE User Manual 10 67 10 Graphing Records True RMS 10 68 This option displays true rms measurement values of all the harmonics includ ing the fundamental depending on the sample rate of the recorded channel 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure gt Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure gt True RMS menu option Readout corresponding to the markers
263. ortu nity to save your changes to a file or send them to the IED before closing the TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder Configuration Editor To close without saving changes use the Save Close button and then select Exit Without Saving and Discard on the subsequent screens 8 3 Identification Device Configuration Settings Version D03283R01 02 The Device Configuration screen is displayed when you select the Identifica tion item in the Navigation Tree TESLA LITE Configuration Editor on page 8 4 It provides information about the selected IED and the particular configuration file being edited Most of the information is drawn from the IED Definition and identifies the target recorder Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition on page 5 3 The Device Configuration screen has three configuration variables that are de tailed below The Settings Version required by a TESLA recorder is shown on the Unit Iden tification screen of the Utilities menu Unit Identification on page 7 2 You must be connected to the recorder to view this information Settings Version requirements are also listed in the compatibility table at the front of this User Manual and are identified in each version s Release Notes The version of a configuration file is controlled through the Settings Version field in the main identification screen see TESLA LITE Configuration Edi tor on page 8 4 Chan
264. osi aii peak EN 10 1 RecordGraph Menu ltems 10 6 A NE A RE RP MER NENA 10 32 ee o eect A A A A RE ER TE ME OM PEN MA 10 34 TERN DIAC S ai aa ea ee okej goal 10 56 vi TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 D03283R01 02 Table of Contents View and Graph Titles 10 62 Readouts and Measurements 10 64 Calculated Channels cccccsccceseeceseeeeeeeeeeseeeesaees 10 71 E XDOMING VIEWS secs ect acter eee E 10 72 Exporting Channel Data 10 73 Record SUM MAN erasana claus to ne tt 10 75 Digital Channel Status Indicator 10 76 IRIG B Input STATUS a po ae Se eti 10 76 Derived Digital Swing Channels for TESLA LITE Swing PRO CONOUIINGS cae AE AE ARE ANA A SE OO RRNIN 10 77 COMTRADE IMPON avra ni ai R 10 77 PANCODHONS ea a ei E ev S ee nina 10 79 11 Record Export Utility 11 1 COMTRADE POMA sea pie A PD ej ee va e 11 3 PUM RONA Un ae a ae oe oken re ine 11 5 EXGCl CSV POMA indi ea ei ne ae AE 11 7 12 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling 12 1 Maintenance Menu cccccscceeceseceeeeeceeeeneeeeeeneeees 12 1 EI OEANOMI Jn a ae o re S S ena 12 5 Appendix A Specifications A 1 Appendix B TESLA LITE Hardware Description B 1 Appendix GlOSSA Y ae C 1 Appendix D Modbus
265. oth the LHS and RHS panes e RecordGraph version is displayed in the Help gt About RecordGraph Main Menu Template List LHS pane RHS Pane shows graphic display Tree View lists records Figure 10 4 Components of RecordGraph Window 10 4 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Menus m RecordGraph File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help PEET Markers CrossHairs Primary Secondary Time Alignment Absolute Time Fundamental RMS True RMS Harmonics Symmetrical Components 1 I 1 1 Se ee mm ia eee S Measure i 1 1 Set Graphs Per Page p Add Analog Graph Add Digital Graph Delete Graph Move Copy Trace Paste Trace Delete All Traces Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Change Trace Color Active Trace Information m mom m m mm m m m mnm Save Template Save Template As Template Manager Print Print Direct Save as Metafile Show Channel List Print All Print Preview Export Delete Show Record Summary User Manual About RecordGraph Show Hotkeys Zoom X Axis Zoom X Axis Zoom Y Axis Zoom Y Axis Undo Zoom Reset Zoom Change Scale Y Axis Calculate Derived Channels Now Show Grid Show X Axis Ticks Show Legends Show Trigger Markers Lock Markers Extend Print Range Set Phase Colors Set Precision Figure 10 5 Menus D03283R01 02 TES
266. output for the specified time Deassert locks in the output state for the specified time O to 1 200 seconds in half cycle increments Trigger Action Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault TESLA LITE User Manual Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder Table 8 15 Logic Function Settings Initiates a swing low speed recording when triggered If both Fault and Swing are enabled the recorder will attempt to cre ate a combined record Logs a message in the Event Log when triggered Contacts the RecordBase Central Station when triggered Can be used to initiate wide area swing recordings and or automated record transfer Notify on page 7 13 Cross Trigger Activates the cross trigger contact 6 to trigger another device Priority Specifies the priority to be assigned to records created by this trigger The priority is used to determine Central Station notification 1 3 3 is the highest priority Notify on page 7 13 Alarm Contact Specifies a rear panel contact to be closed when triggered Contacts are closed momentarily for one second Contact assignment is not exclusive allowing multiple triggers to activate the same contact Contacts assigned for storage alarms Storage Alarms on page 8 6 will
267. ows metafile see Record Export Utility on page 11 1 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records View gt Show Channel List TT io File view Graph Measure Scale Options Help Ho ue z ij 7 e alal Sha x elel zj tij aj sj HAN Le 218 Bl sample TPR 4 Copy to Clipboard Save as Meta File Show or hide tree view channel list scale Secondary Z Figure 10 19 Show Channel List Hide or show the channel list displayed in the tree view View gt Line ZEEE 2V2 2 loxi Bile view Graph Measure Scale Options Help f tovi gt z aj mij o dla Flis x Aeae z ti 4 A A mle ale E Delete Rename Tab sample TPR Titles Copy to Clipboard m la Restraint Mm la Operating Save as Meta File s lb Restraint Ib Operating m Ic Restraint m Ic Operatini v Show Channel List eeeereng ooo o H 1O p u v Line 2 0 v Toolbar majo T 10 oo IR p u IR p u i f Ou i i i 1 0 0 0 10 2 0 3 0 Time Window s al Width s 1 9979 alr 0 1667s 1 8312s Position s 0 1667 fxr
268. pedance Positive sequence circle External Inputs digital Rising edge falling edge or both Logic Rising edge falling edge or both Fault Locator Triggered by internal or external events Sags and Swells Sag and swell detection can be enabled on any analog input channel configured as a voltage Interface amp Communication Appendix A 2 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE Power System Recorder Appendix A Specifications Front Panel Indicators 6 LEDs Recorder Functional IRIG B Functional Recorder Triggered Records Stored Test Mode Alarm Front User Interfaces USB port and 100BASE T Ethernet port Rear User Interfaces LAN Port1 100BASE Copper Copper RJ 45 100BASE T Serial User Interface Two Serial RS 232 ports to 115 kbd Com port can support an external modem Internal Modem 38 4 Kbps V 32 bis Optional SCADA Interface DNP3 or Modbus Ethernet DNP3 RS 232 DNP3 or Modbus Configurable Alarms 5 contacts per unit Normally open Cross trigger 1 contact per unit Normally open Self Checking Recorder 1 contact Normally closed Inoperative Time Sync IRIG B BNC connector unit Modulated or unmodulated Input amp Output Analog Input Channels 12 currents 3 line and 3 bus voltages Analog Voltage Inputs 2 sets of 3 phase voltage inputs 6 voltage channels total Nomina
269. ph volta Channel Group provided by ROP x Frequency Channel Configured 7 Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Save Close Main Menu Records Metering Utilities Config Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 8 6 Channel Tree View D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 8 9 8 Configuring the Recorder Element Ove rview Nit TESLA Control Panel Config Edit boa fe File Edit Config View Help Element Tee i pano re a ana med ENI UI mok i Voltage Current Digitals summations Sequence Impedance WatisVars Logics Faull Locators PF Detectors O SCADA Communication B o db Jo o fo jo fo C DNP Configuration Segfinci 0 o o o R ff O SCADA Summary summation o fo fo 4 fff fp po 6 5m Vnassigned 3 fo fo 6 t bB 4 bh b B 40O el H O Seq functi O summation Frequency 1 Meter Groups O Trend a a et Va ph voltage Frequency Channel Configured 7 Show ChanneTree Hide Tee Saves Main Menu Records Trends Events Metering Utilities Config Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 8 7 Element Overview Screen An overview of the configured elements is available by selecting an element or the channel group heading in the Navigation tree The last row of the display shows the channels and functions that are unassigned and available Phase Angle Reference Channel The Element Overview screen dis
270. played by selecting Channel Group 1 in the Navigation tree is where you select the analog input channel to be used as the reference channel for angle measure ments All channels use the same reference to provide relative angle calculations Typically a phase A voltage channel is used as the ref erence 8 10 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Channel Overview D03283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder An overview of the configured channels is available by selecting the associated channel type heading from the Navigation tree For example selecting Analog Inputs displays a table of all defined analog channels iti Bile Edit Config View Help SS IN SE DI IN NK Nm emer le Je Ee Je Je Ja EJ Tye Sida ve pve ie e e Js s s Dess ph volage ph votage ph volage current 1A current 2A current 3A current 4A current 18 current 26 vz Js m w pP mo k w a e a e l ao o b b b b 19 ho ifr is po BB b b High Magnitude iii Tat IV Ta laja 3 2 Iv Iv Iv vi v v v v v Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Save Close Main Menu Records Metering Utilities Config Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected A Figure 8 8 Channel Overview Screen Channel settings can be edited in the Channel Overview display pro viding an alternate way t
271. plied to Floating point variations since they are already transmitted in engineering units D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 25 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 3 Resolution is the smallest change that may be detected in the value due to quantization errors and is given in the units shown in the previous column This parameter does not represent the accuracy of the measurement 5 Maximal values are calculated as 2 Configured Nominal Multiplier for voltage channels and as 20 Configured Nominal Multiplier for current channels see Note 2 above for the nominal definitions Appendix E 26 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 2 4 Octet String Points mae Static Steady State Group Number 110 Capabilities Current Value Event Group Number 111 If configurable list methods 2 4 1 Event reporting mode Only most recent x All events 2 4 2 Octet Strings Included Always in Class 0 response Never Only if point is assigned to Class 1 2 or 3 Based on point Index add column to table below 2 4 3 Definition of Octet Fixed list shown in table below String Point List Configurable current list may be shown in table below Other explain Used for Event Log access as described below Object 110 and 111 are Octet String Object used to provide access to the Event Log text of the relay Object 110 always contains the most recent event in the relay Object 111 is
272. ponding to Zab Zbc and Zca phase phase are calculated internally and displayed Actual channel names as selected from the Phases of the basic tree view voltage and currents IN LNN p Z Poda of spel Ble Yee Grad Hemra jese k i E Cora hipan gp dasr ik Hgh ipsed Chae ireak peas Bt Na S15 EENENEKI kla A A Mt la a ak MAO EI P Pree E WTR Laie ib ie LG The Pree ig Seed ap 11406 Anpe Ibr Prade Prazen Ppa Gra h Zoom Est Leeder VE e Loe Pee rare Hej Speed m i C 1160 taps fos Prade dha e Huh tee p i Resolved impedance name Y atii k Pod 4 l Lia Time Window V OR TINE Ame W k h x Podamer Arici Tile aiy Figure 10 66 Create Impedance View with a TESLA LITE Record D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 45 10 Graphing Records 10 46 Each channel name is divided into three parts e The basic quantity voltage or current used in the calculation of the im pedance e The name of the actual channel selected e The resolved impedance name with the configuration phase phase or phase ground The Time Window control shows the minimum and maximum time of the data viewed In the above example the full range data is viewed Use the graph zoom control to zoom the x and y axis pra HE ihupemdairergiih SC IM a Lalal Videi aiig Lier Marj Eya ete yaki i Ji a ega Phase Hat ipo i oa ja O TI ka ea eb P
273. ponse Outstation can issue DNP Object Group amp Variation Function Codes dec Function Codes Description dec Qualifier Codes hex Qualifier Codes hex Binary Input Any Variation 06 no range or all 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 129 response 00 01 start stop Binary Input Packed format 06 no range or all 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 129 response start stop Binary Input With flags Binary Input Event Any Variation 06 no range or all 00 01 start stop 07 08 limited qty 17 28 index 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 129 response 129 response start stop Binary Input Event Without time 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 129 response 430tunsel resp Binary Input Event time With absolute 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 129 response te0HuAset ess Binary Input Event time With relative Binary Output Any Variation 06 no range or all 07 08 limited qty 06 no range or all 129 response te04uAset ess 129 response start stop 00 01 17 28 Binary Output Output Status with flag Binary Command Control relay output block CROB Appendix E 28 00 01 17 28 select start stop 07 08 limited qty index 06 no range or all start stop 0
274. put 4 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 4 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 4 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 4 SHL 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 Analog Input 5 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 5 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 5 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 5 SHL 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 Analog Input 6 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 6 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 6 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 6 SHL 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 Analog Input 7 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 7 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 Angle Analog Input 7 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 00001 THD Analog Input 7 SHL 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 01 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 01 Analog Input 8 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 Magnitude Analog Input 8 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01
275. r a terminal or computer DTEs generally have a male DB connector Dial Up Networking a facility in Windows providing dial up access to Internet and other networks DUN is provided with the Windows distribution EIA RS 232C Electronics Industries Association recommended standard 232 revision C Interface between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Communication Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange Defines the most popular electrical connection for serial binary data interchange available on almost all computer systems Element A component in the power system that conveys bulk power within the power system Control Panel provides for a naming convention that groups real and calculated channels with a given element name Has three voltages and three currents associated with it For example a transmission line or a transformer External Input A contact status brought into TESLA LITE from the outside world This contact must be externally wetted with a voltage from 30 to 150 Vdc Correct polarity must be observed IED Intelligent Electronic Device referring to a power system substation device which com munications on a substation network such as Modbus IEEE 1344 IEEE 1344 is an enhancement to the basic IRIG B time code that embeds information such as the year the UTC local offset under certain conditions only and daylight sav ings time into the time stream IEEE standard 1344 95 IEEE Standard for Synchro phasors f
276. r at the bottom of the TESLA Control Panel window for details see Fig ure 5 1 Selecting a Recorder Workspace on page 5 1 TESLA Control Panel assumes that the recorder it is communicating with is the one identified as the Current IED Forcing a connection with a different re corder 1 e moving the serial cable without telling Control Panel to discon nect can cause the records and configuration files of that recorder to be mixed with those of the Current IED TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel 5 2 Adding Editing a Recorder Workspace Definition D03283R01 02 Recorder workspaces are added modified or deleted from the TESLA Control Panel Main Menu using controls in the Select JED dialog box for details see Figure 5 1 Selecting a Recorder Workspace on page 5 1 The Edit button dis plays the selected recorder s definition screen The Add New button is used to create a new recorder definition The ZED definition is shown in Figure 5 2 Recorder Workspace Definition and the settings are described in the following table eae n Ss JED Definition JED Name TesLa rme Comments Moo Location IED Serial Number TESLA 3502 110518 03 2 Model TESLA LITE v Configuration 5A Current inputs m Communication Direct Serial Link Serial Link Baud Rate Modem Link Modem Phone Number e Network Link First IP Addre
277. rd Protection Access to various TESLA LITE functions can be protected through the use of passwords View Level f No Password Required C Password Change Level f Blo Password Required f Password Service Level C No Password Required fe Password password 0000000 Figure 7 9 Passwords There are three user access levels VIEW CHANGE and SERVICE Setting Passwords can be viewed and set through the Passwords tab of TESLA Con Passwords trol Panel s Utilities screen You have the option of explicitly disabling the password protection for each access level Leaving the VIEW access level password disabled for example will allow free use of the TESLA LITE for read only operation The Password tab can only be accessed when connected via direct serial link through the recorder s service port Port 450 This pro vides protection from unauthorized remote access while ensuring that onsite staff can freely use the recorder D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 7 15 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 16 Table 7 6 Setting Passwords Function Reguired Access Level Records Display Record List from IED VIEW Delete Record from IED CHANGE Create Fault or Swing Record VIEW Rename Local Record None Display Local Record List None Delete Local Record None Delete Trends local None Delete Trends on IED CHANGE Download Trends VIEW
278. rder could not determine the fault type then the register will not have any flags set and will read 0x0000 Fault Information Fault Distance Function Code 3 address 42140 If the current event is a fault location event this register contains the distance to the fault It is scaled up by a factor of 10 The units are the same as the units set in the relay configuration Fault Information Time of Fault D03283R01 02 Function Code 3 addresses 42141 and 42144 If the current event is a fault location event these registers contain the time of the fault in seconds since 1970 Each of these 16 bit regis ters contains an 8 bit portion of a 32 bit time value Register 42141 contains the upper 16 bits register 42144 contains the lower 16 bits TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix D 1 1 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 12 Register Value Meaning High Byte Low Byte 42052 0x00 0x1B Event text size 27 0x1B hex 42053 0x46 0x4C F L Fault locator event 42054 0x32 0x30 2 0 42055 0x30 0x30 0 0 42056 0x53 0x65 S e 42057 0x70 0x32 p 2 42058 0x31 0x20 a 42059 0x32 0x30 260 42060 Ox3A 0x31 va 42061 0x36 0x3A Oro 42062 0x31 0x36 1 6 42063 Ox2E 0x39 9 42064 0x36 0x36 6 6 42065 0x20 Ox3A k 42066 0x20 0x4C dam 42067 0x69 Ox6E P n 42068 0x65 0x20 e 42069 0x31 0x36 1 6 42070
279. rding Number of Channels Types Notes D03283R01 02 The Freguency Channels measure the freguency on their assigned input chan nel Any Analog Input Channel A voltage channel is recommended for best re sults Frequency is measured over a multi second time window to improve resolu tion and accuracy The frequency measurement operates in a band that is ap proximately 15 of the nominal frequency e High amp low magnitude e Negative and positive rate of change To prevent multiple triggers on threshold conditions the frequency magnitude triggers have a fixed 0 02 Hz hysteresis Low Speed Frequency measurements at a rate of one value per cycle 1 Frequency Channels is available Freq Frequency channel is not associated with particular Elements TESLA LITE User Manual 8 33 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings fe ea it TESLA ontrol Pan o ie J File Edit Config View Help Element Tree Sequence Functior O Watts Vars Functic O summation O0 NewElement Impedance Functio O Zi 0O Watts Vars Functio O W V o aa Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Records Trends Events Metering Utilities 7 Identification a TESLA Freguency Measurement Configuration O SCADA Communication i C DNP Configuration Frequency derived from etVaphvotage gt O SCADA Summary Channels Rate of Change Interval 1 5 cycles 30 el Actions O Analog Inpu
280. re 10 7 Save Template As 10 6 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Save the current graphical layout information in a different file A dialog box is displayed to choose the template file name The check box save as default template if checked saves the current template as a user defined default tem plate see Templates on page 10 56 File gt Template Manager naj RecordGraph E zlo x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help PANELS kouw d A S Ea x Bl Ql lH Bl TlH aj ij HAN we 2 4 FE 5 recordemol tir al El High Speed Channels E Analog Unit 4 va Unit 4 Va y TRACD XVac Vab r AS TRACDXIN PEA Template Manager JIN y TR4CD X lc IC Shop Set template location AV TRACD X Ib CAProgram Files APT RecordGraphiTemplate Browse recordemo tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484 Digital in El 86U2 Ext Input Tripped 20 0K A TRACDXJA A TRACD Y VacVab A TRACD Y In A TRACD Y Ic r Template files AV TRACD Y Ib AIB Freq test template Rename y TRACD Y la Basic V amp A TRAAB X In y TRAABX lc _27_ Duplicate A TR 4AB X Ib gi AV Misc ln TR18CD X Ir Delete A Misc ln TR17AB X In BPRO S0BF 8701 A Misc In TR17AB Y In 1 A TRAAB Y lc y TR4SB Y Ib Import and register a template file A TRAABY la A Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb C High Speed AV Unit 4Ve Unit4Vc C Low Speed y Unit 4 1a Unit 4 la Ay Unit
281. recorder when this unit triggers When activated the cross trigger contacts close for 0 10 sec onds regardless of the duration of the triggering condition This ensures that the cross trigger function does not become blocked by a continuous trigger condition The user configurable alarm contacts can be defined for use as part of the re corder s trigger configuration The BNC connector on the rear of the unit accepts either modulated or unmod uled IRIG B time signals with or without the 1344 extensions See Communicating with the Recorder IED on page 4 2 TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 Startup Seguence 2 Connection and Power Up Table 2 2 Startup Seguence On Power Up Front panel Test Mode LED turns on to indicate the presence of power 15 20 seconds after Power Up Test Mode LED goes off 25 30 seconds after Power Up Recorder Functional LED turns on At this point you Front Panel LEDs can log into the recorder Records Stored LED turns on if records are present Table 2 3 Front Panel LEDs Front Panel LED Indications Recorder Functional Normally active green LED that is turned on approximately 25 30 sec onds after power up indicating the unit is functional If an internal fault is detected the LED is turned off The LED state corresponds directly with the Failure Contact IRIG B Functional Green LED that is active when a valid external time synchronizing sig nal
282. relay output block CROB Point List Appendix E 16 Fixed list shown in table below Configurable Other explain TESLA LITE User Manual Complete list is shown in the table below points excluded from the default configuration are marked with TESLA Control Panel D03283R01 02 NOTES 1 Binary Outputs are scanned with 500 ms resolution Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile 2 Events are not supported for Binary Outputs group 10 but most of Binary Output points can be mapped to Binary Inputs group 2 with full Event and Class Data support See TESLA Control Panel DNP Configuration Point Map screen for complete point lists and configuration options 3 Binary Output data points are user selectable the data points available in the device for any given Binary Output point selection can be obtained through the TESLA Control Panel software see SCADA Setting Summary Supported Control Operations Default Class Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none c 2 T i oa o O O x Z S Name for Name for o m State when State when Command Description sij E zi value is 0 value is 1 g gjg E i 6 6 6 Z 2 2 S 8 2 8 8 7 z E 8 9 jO O Jo O JO 5 Z 8 8 8 a aa ere 8 o D 5 T T a N A a a l al O QO Output contact 1 Open Closed None None Output contact 2 Open Closed None None 2 Output contact 3 Open Closed None None 3 Output contact 4 Open Clos
283. rom the LHS tree view while the same graph is active replaces the existing channel with the currently selected one e A maximum of 32 graphs analog and digital can be added per view e You can mix and match channels from different records and or IEDs e Time line view displays read out if markers are on on the RHS and chan nel information on its LHS e Read out corresponds to the currently selected channel type and the scale primary secondary which is displayed on the status bar D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 39 10 Graphing Records Overlay View 10 40 Channel Information Record Information lolx ri j I i i m gf 1 ii IH Figure 10 61 Overlay View e Overlay View is designed to overlay channels and has single time line common axis for all the graphs Each analog graph in a overlay view can hold 32 traces 3 traces are pre ferred Each digital graph in this view can hold 32 traces 8 traces are preferred Selecting a channel from the LHS tree view while the same graph 1s active overlays the channel on the selected graph e A maximum of 32 graphs can be added per view e You can mix and match channels from different records and or IEDs Time line view displays read out if markers are on on the RHS and channel in formation on its LHS Read out corresponds to the currently selected channel type and the scale primary secondary which is disp
284. run the CD exe file at the root of the CD ROM directory 3 To install TESLA Control Panel software on your computer select the TESLA LITE Power System Recorder icon then the Install TESLA Control Panel The installation program starts automatically but may take a few minutes to begin 4 During installation a prompt appears asking whether your TESLA recorders are 50 Hz or 60 Hz units For proper operation it is important to select the correct one If you need to change this in the future re install TESLA Con trol Panel 5 When the installation is complete a TESLA Control Panel icon is placed on your desktop Use the icon to launch Control Panel If you prefer you can start Control Panel through Windows Start menu Start gt Programs gt ERLPhase TESLA Control Panel A virtual software modem called a Null Modem must be set up for direct se rial cable communication between this computer and a TESLA recorder A Null Modem driver is provided with the TESLA installation CD ROM This section provides step by step instructions on how to install the Null Mo dem driver 1 Start Windows Control Panel by going to Start gt Control Panel 2 Double click the Phone and Modem Options icon 3 Select the Modems tab Select Add to open the Add Hardware Wizard 4 Select Don t detect my modem I will select it from a list then select the Next button TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 D03283R01 02 3 TESLA Control Panel Insta
285. ry the offset value Mu ordur sph iol fle Yew Gah Mesure zde Cotes teo gluicjej four JH si glej mis x alalwle zj SRE sj ti slej 418 R preasan JIA cor seno 8 06 25 16 24 10 sa PPETI D v Offset Value 0 000 Offset Scale 5 000 E Edit box to change the offset value Note Double click here to change the offset value and the offset scale increment Figure 10 91 Time Alignment TESLA LITE User Manual 10 65 10 Graphing Records Absolute Time 10 66 This option displays the absolute time the actual time of the recorded chan nels 1 A trace channel must first exist on the graph Click the graph that you want to show absolute time measurement 2 Select the Measure gt Markers menu option or the Markers button on the tool bar to place the markers on the graph Markers are automatically placed if not selected 3 Select Measure gt Absolute Time menu option 4 Readout corresponding to the markers is displayed on the right hand side of the graph including e Year Month Day of the recording yyyy mm dd e Absolute Time corresponding to marker X e Absolute Time corresponding to marker O e Difference in the Absolute Time between marker X and marker O fie Yew Gah Morure Kala tam eaaa Absolute Time ut T Aano Ardi Creer b time Ay niestas Sena Primary Figure 10 92 Absolute Time TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Fundamental RMS D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Rec
286. s Ctrl 59 47 781441 At CT1 1B HS A CTLICHS A CT2 14 HS A CT21BHS AV CT21CHS AV CT3AALS A CT31BLS A CT31CLS Ay CTAJALS AV CT4 1B LS Ny CT41C LS A CTBJATS A CT5 1B TS A CT5 1C 7S y la Operating y Ib Operating y le Operating y la Restraint A Ib Restraint y le Restraint tl External Summation Seconds i Du Timeline Zoom In axis Figure 10 38 Zoom Y Axis Select this option to decrease the y axis range by 25 of the current zoom range Scale gt Zoom Y Axis TO File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help 80 80 bank 8 r19851 991101 105947781 tpr 4 lal r T T T T T T T T T T 0 180 0 200 0 220 0 240 0 260 0 280 aj w Scale Secondary A zlalx aalala lt Defa Zoom X Axis a bank 8 119851 9911 Zoom Y Axis Ctrl El High Speed Channels El Analog A PTIMI Undo Zoom y PT1 2 Reset Zoom CHR bs 47 781441 v mo ge Change Scale Y axis Ctri Y A CT1 1B HS A CTLICHS A CT2 14 HS AV CT2 1B HS A CT21CHS AV CT3AALS A CT31BLS A CT31CLS A CTAJALS AV CT4 1B LS A CT amp ICLS A CT51ATS A CT5 1B TS A CTSICTS y la Operating y Ib Operating y le Operating y la Restraint A Ib Restraint Ay le Restraint External H Summation Seconds i Du Timeline Zoom Out axis Figure 10 39 Zoom Y Axis Select this
287. s v Unit 4 b Unit 4 lb o 0 832K 0 0 024K 0 al Unit 4 lc Unit 4 lc 1 9 633K 16 9 22 140 8 819K 102 i i Ay Misc In TR18CD Y 2 0 772K 4 339 0 848K 133 0 245K 41212 Harmonic Amplitude A Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbe 3 0 575K 4 108 0 557K 55 0 176K 80 3 4 0 303K 171 0 255K 10 0 100K 41 v Ni om cadets 5 0 085K 163 0 153K 11 0 074K 157 with corresponding V us 6 0 233K 149 0 190K 54 0 078K 24 re A Misc Vae Bus 4 Vbe S 7 maam mna nara arn zana Phase Angles A Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Yn a A A v je alog Input36 s Fu analogi Timeline A Symcom A symcom Harmonic Cute A a o Scale Primary Figure 10 63 Harmonic View e Harmonic View is designed to analyse harmonics associated with analog channels In order to view harmonics markers should be enabled by select ing Measure gt Markers e A maximum of 3 traces can be analysed per view e The view displays analog channels a bar graph of harmonics and a table which contains rms values of the harmonics with phase angle e The harmonics order displayed is as selected on the input channel This can be up to the 25th harmonic if desired and selected e Channel instantaneous values are displayed on the RHS of the analog graph e Markers are permanently set on the graph one cycle apart e Grab the marker and move on the time line axis to display a new set of harmonics All harmonic phase angles are referenced wit
288. s Describes the version of the settings file required by the connected Version recorder Control Panel is capable of creating older versions of set tings files for use with recorders whose firmware has not been updated see Managing Configuration Files on page 8 1 7 2 TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Table 7 1 Unit Identification Settings Communication Read only field that displays the version of the communications pro Version tocol used by the currently connected TESLA unit System Freguency Read only field that displays the assumed power system freguency of the recorder This is a factory setting Station Station Name User defined for your reference only Station Number User defined for your reference only Location User defined for your reference only 7 2 Communication Port Settings The Communication settings control the modes and baud rates of the record er s communication ports and defines the SCADA communication mode File Help r Communication Service Port Direct Serial Port 450 Baud Rate EEANN Baud Rate 28400 x Direct Serial Port 405 External Modem Port 2 Modem Initialization String Internal Modem ki 4 4 MIN Unt iden cs on Communication A Recording Time Analog Input Calbraten Notiy Safe Shutdown Cancel TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Figure 7 3 Recorder Setup Utilities Communi
289. s Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 3 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 3 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 4 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 4 Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 4 S Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 5 P Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MVAR 0 1 0 00001 tion 5Q Watts Vars Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 MW 0 1 0 00001 tion 5S Appendix E 23 Transmitted Value Scaling 3 Default Class Resolution Assigned to one 6 Multiplier NEE Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset Caan Description 5 1 2 3 or none maximal A 125 Frequency 1 2 0 Configurable 0 01 0 001 1 0 0 0 Hz 0 01 0 001 126 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 1 Mag 127 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 1 Angle 128 Impedance Func 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Ohm 0 1 0 00001 tion 2 Mag 129 Impedance Func 2 18 000 18 000 0 1 0 01 1 0 0 0 degrees 0 1 0 01 tion 2
290. s all of the recording files displayed in the record list that have not yet been transferred to your local Recordings di rectory You may then perform whatever command is appropriate for the se lection set such as a Get from IED or a Get and Delete from IED Command TESLA LITE User Manual 9 3 9 Record and Log Management 9 2 Trend Log Range of Dates Trended Channel Trend Summary The trend manager services are available from the Trend item accessible from the Main Menu 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr05 2012Apr04 2012Apr04 2012Apr04 2012Apr04 2012Apr04 2012Apr04 2012Apr04 2012Apr04 2012Apr04 2012Apr02 2012Apr02 Ia current 14 High Mag Ib current Ic current Ia current Ib current Ic current Ia current Ib current Ic current Ia current 14 High Mag Ib current Ic current Ia current Ib current Ic current Ia current Ib current Ie current Ia current 1A High Mag Ib current Ic current Ia current Ib current Ic current Ia current Ib current Ic current Ia current 14 High Mag Ib current 1B High Mag 1C High Mag 24 High Mag 2B High Mag 2C High Mag 34 High Mag 3B High Mag 3C High Mag 1B High Mag 1C High Mag 24 High Mag 2B High Mag 2C High Mag JA High Mag 3B Hi
291. s and configuration files and is configured for network connection with an evaluation unit To work with a particular recorder select it from the Select IED box on the Main Menu tab If you are already connected to an IED you will not be able to select a different IED until you disconnect TESLA Control Panel Utilitie lt 1 Select IED TESLA LITE Model 4007 LITE Serial Number TES LA 4001 110518 03 Unit ID TeslaLite15 Unit Identification Identification IED Firmware version yO 06 Required Settings Version 401 Communication Version 403 System Frequency 60 Hz Nominal Current Rating In 5A Station Station Name TESLA Lite Station Number Lite IP15 Location Lab IP15 vi Unit Identification Analog Input Calibration A Notify Safe Shutdown Close Main Menu Utilities TESLA Control Panel v0 08 Current IED Teslalite15 Connected Current IED Connection Status Figure 5 1 Selecting a Recorder Workspace TESLA LITE User Manual 5 1 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel Current IED 5 2 Selecting a recorder sets TESLA Control Panel s focus to that recorder s work space known as the Current IED The records and configuration files belong to the selected recorder If you initiate a connection using TESLA Control Panel it connects to the cur rent IED using the communication parameters specified for this IED The name of the Current IED is always displayed in the Status Ba
292. s by the element names you create In the following figure Element Line 1 has been expanded to show some of the channels associated with it such as Va Present viewing mode Element Tree oa fe File Edit Config View Help Element Tree HO Identification Hi ui O SCADA Communication NI CI o El E H O DNP Configuration O SCADA Summary MM Channels o el HO Seg functi aO summation O Summations O VaSum O laSum O lbSum O leSum mize zaim Switch between Channel Angle Refi for thi rm Tree and Element Tree frani Grous provided by tV Phvotage v Frequency Channel Configured 7 Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Records Trends Events Metering Utilities Config Edit TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected m Figure 8 5 Element Tree View Channel View The Channel Tree View displays the same configuration organized by channel type You can use this view to gain an overview of channel usage Although you can chose to work in either view the Element View is recommended for most operations as it provides an automatic way of grouping related channels HO Identification O SCADA Communication H O DNP Configuration O SCADA Summary sm Ho el ee a O osi 2 55 gr HO Seq functi HO summation O Frequency 1 O Meter Groups O Trend i e Reference for this et Va ph votas o a 1 Va
293. s only Method 1 based TESLA Control connections If supported the following methods may be used on IP address Panel Outstations Only kK k k Method 1 based on IP address required Method 2 based on IP port number recommended Method 3 browsing for static data optional 1 3 16 Time synchronization support Appendix E 6 DNP3 LAN procedure function code 24 DNP3 Write Time not recommended over LAN Other explain Not Supported TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 1 4 Link Layer Capabilities Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Current Value If configurable list methods 1 4 1 Data Link Address Fixed at 1 TESLA Control x Configurable range 1 to 65519 Panel Configurable selectable from ze Configurable other describe 1 4 2 DNP3 Source Address x Never Validation Always one address allowed shown in 1 4 3 Always any one of multiple addresses allowed each selectable as shown in 1 4 3 Sometimes explain 1 4 3 DNP3 Source Configurable to any 16 bit DNP Data Link NA Address es expected Address value when Validation is Configurable range to Enabled Configurable selectable from z Configurable other describe 1 4 4 Self Address Support Yes only allowed if configurable NA using address OxFFFC No 1 4 5 Sends Confirmed User Always TESLA Control Data Frames Sometimes explain Panel Never to disable set Configurable either always or n
294. se com Tel 1 204 477 0591 TESLA LITE User Manual Using This Guide D03283R01 02 This User Manual describes the installation and operation of the TESLA power system recorder and the accompanying TESLA Control Panel user interface software It is intended to support the first time user and clarify the details of the equipment The manual uses a number of conventions to denote special information Example Describes Start gt Settings gt Control Panel Choose the Control Panel submenu in the Set tings submenu on the Start menu Right click Click the right mouse button Recordings Menu items and tabs are shown in italics service User input or keystrokes are shown in bold Text boxes similar to this one Relate important notes and information Indicates more screens TESLA LITE User Manual Table of Contents D03283R01 02 AEE E ke eee ae nt en ER ann NATE NE on AE EOR EOR i Contact MIONIMAU ON aj ea N ele ae db aurea i USING TAIS GUIE ssnin a E ilebi ie jii Fable OFC OMENI S an en ao aR V Version Compatibility sa aii ave ei ee ee ij ee ue Ix PC System Requirements and Software Installation XI V OVETVI Wie eni a ek 1 1 TESLA LITE System Description 1 1 TESLA RITE PEAUTES een aaa enaki 1 1 PTODU PANEL a aa a ee AN 1 4 Rea CONNE UO I ane ee Ne A 1 5 2 Connection and Power Up e ee 2 1 DVO UNINC see Serie tects ni a dese k
295. se designation you can select New AC Voltage or New AC Current If you chose New la Ib Ic or New Va Vb Vc three en tries are created and the configuration screen for the first is displayed The new channel s will be inserted automatically in the list To create a new channel in the Channel Tree view 1 Select the desired element in the tree 2 Expand the branches in the tree to show the channels for each group TESLA LITE User Manual 8 13 8 Configuring the Recorder 3 Select the channel number and an input screen appears on the right side 4 Type in the information required to configure the channel 5 When you close the screen you are asked to save the configuration to the recorder Select Save to Recorder Step 1 Select Analog Input Step 2 Right click and select New Analog Input Step 3 Ch type eb oose type ea on x Wr TESLA Rename free item Insert Elgment Add Elerhent ae l Derived tade T Current Digitale Fault Locat PF Detect New Analog Input gt New Va Vb Ve Fo fo p fo 0 jo 0 LI Sd joo NewSummation New Wt e e a jeo jeo o Ho New Sequence New Vc a oO SO New Impedance New la Ib Ic m New Watts Vars iii i LI New Frequency New Ib HO Mi New Logic Function O Tr New Ic New Fault Locator New In New PF Detector New Meter Group New AC Voltage E New AC Current New PMU New DC New CDR Configure SCADA Delete Element
296. send a request to the IED to convert the most recent data so that it can be transferred The time that this takes may be significant and if you do not have a need for this data the feature may be disabled by removing the check mark from the check box The list of events in the Events portion of your screen is printed TESLA LITE User Manual 9 5 9 Record and Log Management 9 3 Event Log Circular Storage Event Messages 9 6 The event log services are available from the Events tab accessible from the Main Menu TESLA Control Panel Select IED Records TESLA Control Panel v0 03 Current IED Tesla LITE Demo Unit Figure 9 3 Event Log Display The recorder maintains a log of time stamped events Event messages can be produced by any of the recorder s detectors if configured to do so Event messages can also be viewed in the Record Summary and Trend Summary displays The Event Log stores up to 250 events with automatic overwrite of the oldest event For greater event storage or to prevent automatic overwrite the record er s trending function can also be used to store event messages The text of an event message is derived from the configuration of the detector that generates it The general format for event message 1s Date Time ElementName Type Description Detector State where e ElementName is the user assigned name of the element associated with this channel e ChannelType describes the member
297. so that the next time the record is viewed all the derived channel information is readily available see Calculated Channels on page 10 71 Options gt Show Grid zl5lx File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help a E a lt Default gt Calculate Derived Ghanr Phase 0 4th thr HELE I High Speed Channels Show X Axis Show Legends Show Trigger M4 Lock Markers els Nav Extend Print Ranga Set Phase Colors Set Precision Winnipeg Analog Input NxtPhase Winnipeg Line 41 la NotPhi Winnipeg Line 1 lb B Ph Current NxtPhase Winnipeg Line 1 lc C Ph Current NADhocao Seconds DO Analogi Turn grid onfof toggle on all graphs E Figure 10 43 Show Grid 7 8 ahal x glelelej a w e af aj HN slej el E Phase 0 4th tir 2002 05 29 10 21 41 000 Manual trigger TIPTE 2002 Ma 29 10 21 41 000 2002Mayi29 1421 41 000 ase 2002 Maw 29 10 21 41 000 2002Mayi29 10 21 41 000 X 101 3482 V O 105 0820 Y 206 4302 Y i X 0 0262 V J i O 400759 V A 00497 V 1 i X 0 5703 V J i j O 0 5703 V T A 0 0000 V Turn grid on or off on all graphs Options gt Show X Axis Ticks File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help Biz alal eDefaut gt Calculate Derived Channels Nov Phase 0 4th tr E E High Speed Channels i Show Trigger Marker Z Lock Markers K o Extend Print Range Set Phase Colors
298. ss 42 2468 eM ss fi Use SOCKSS Proxy Add New Modem Serial Link Get Information From TESLA Folder placement Recordings Folder C Program Files NxtPhase data TesiaL ite1 S Record Browse Configs Folder C Program Files NxtPhase data TeslaLite15 Configs Browse Save IED definition Cancel Figure 5 2 Recorder Workspace Definition Table 5 1 IED Workspace Settings IED Definition IED Name The IED Name is the name you assign to this recorder s workspace It appears in the IED selection and the Current IED display at the bot tom of the TESLA Control Panel window We recommend that you use the same name for this workspace as the Unit Name given to the recorder Unit Identification on page 7 2 Comments User defined for your reference only Location User defined for your reference only IED Serial Number Enter the IED Serial Number to match the serial number of the actual recorder TESLA LITE User Manual 5 3 5 Working with TESLA Control Panel Table 5 1 IED Workspace Settings Get Information from IED Connects to the recorder and retrieves its configured name location and serial number The corresponding fields in the IED Defini tions are overwritten Model TESLA 2000 3000 4000 LITE 18 or 36 channel or TESLA 3000 4000 Cooperative IED Configuration IP Address IP addresses of the recorder The recorder s default
299. ss the Calibrate Offset and Gain button If a channel has not yet been con figured only Calibrate Offset will be displayed 4 Under the Offset and Gain columns the line of the channel being calibrated OK or No will be displayed see Analog Input Calibration on page 7 11 5 Repeat for all other channels being used 6 Use the Save button to load the new calibration to the recorder An error message 1s displayed if the applied signal as seen by the recorder dif fers from the value entered in the Applied Signal field by more than 10 This helps to prevent erroneous calibration TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 6 Notify Automatic Record Transfer Cross Trigger Notification D03283R01 02 The TESLA LITE recorder can call a ERLPhase RecordBase Central Station via modem or LAN to notify it of selected events Notification is used for two purposes 1 To initiate cross triggering of dynamic swing records on other recorders 2 To initiate record transfer to RecordBase when a new record is created The Notify tab of the Utilities sereen contains settings to control the dial out process and the initiation of record transfers You can control which records are automatically transferred to the RecordBase Central Station by specifying the required record priority The setting ranges from 0 all records to 3 highest priority only and provides an option to dis able automatic record tra
300. st set The import utility supports viewing of both ASCII and bina ry COMTRADE formats 1991 1999 and 2000 When the COMTRADE file is imported into the RecordGraph all its functionality can be seamlessly used to analyze the record 1 RecordGraph application must be running to access this facility If not launch RecordGraph via TESLA Control Panel RecordBase View or Win dows Explorer 2 Choose File gt Import 3 Browse to select desired file 4 Double click on the COMTRADE record to apply lt Default gt template or se lect it from the templates list box Import file AA AA AA AA AA ARAL RA AA A Import a COMTRADE Me Stale Prema Fistor JE PA are Eirto g Ad Base Elms We Mi Baro jas A nec nec Wie zum Figure 10 107 Import COMTRADE File TESLA LITE User Manual 10 77 10 Graphing Records Choose COMTRADE File z 2 sla alaj x alalle z slej aj eis ele fo rr RIOT BA ZNP He 120308 11069 200 eV eeuerert IC Low Maj SN alre vh Bih abiga sini Me En Vots i 3 rin pars am 26 06 fo iii ook migi niz ia E an l x alala 2 e 2 ele H m POPOL LC OL OPS CC o gt MUH e d 5 OMe ONO OHO od OM OHM OKO oba OK osie x amar w m i Cou BD PSPSPS PPP PP PP PPP PLS Figure 10 109 Apply lt Default gt Template 10 78 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records 10 16 Print Options The following op
301. t y le Restraint H External 5 m PTA V3 V 125 v Seconds oo 0100 0110 0420 0130 0440 0450 04160 a Be Ay Overlay Delete all the traces from the active graph Scale Secondary Ui Figure 10 29 Delete All Traces Deletes all the traces from the active graph In an Overlay view this action re moves all the traces Graph gt Copy Trace Data to Clipboard Copy trace data from the active graph to the clipboard see Exporting Channel Data on page 10 73 Graph gt Change Trace Color ee ME paan eoeta 7 2 dla Sia x Aleea wl rja aj N Ha Al ol E D h Bi al SD 31 TIHI VITI gi h Speed henry Aran My PTE 4 FNI Pray pipe m Bone ob fy CTLIN MS BEYI A OTe Nr NTNNO Duin P kaale a cara A ETHCHS Eunn EE eae ie ununum 4 erji i NM SS Bee A Chas Ne l i iui iu Color of this trace is changed A mm Pr CTEICTS V opera nuanum Mm z bai rd ROSI A of a Ir o an a me Green 125 ee ee mio meli pos Le ee EM F ti F ena umit u ita zi Tarrat OBO Of Dg OO OO DI Qi Dias mip Qam Pie Tirana Aly terian kola farrier Figure 10 30 Change Trace Color Change the trace color of the selected trace In the Overlay View this option only changes the color of the active trace 10 18 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 10 Graphing Records Graph gt Active Trace Information E bank 8 119851 991101 105947
302. t 404 serial parity Note When parity is set to None and a Modbus protocol is selected the number of stop bits automatically is set to 2 as per the Modbus standard Stop Bits Automatic setting Always set to 1 stop bit except as noted in Parity setting above Data Bits Automatic setting The number of data bits is controlled by the selected protocol mode Modbus ASCII 7 data bits Modbus RTU 8 data bits DNP 3 8 data bits Slave Address Identifies the unit to the SCADA master Datalink Timeout DNP Specifies the time in which the recorder expects a response from the SCADA master to primary frame messages If a response is not received in this time the recorder will re transmit the message Configuration default timeout is 1000 ms per DNP3 Technical Bulletin 9804 002 This document is available from the DNP3 User s Group www dnp org For UDP and TCP modes the timeout is not settable and is automatically set to 0 milliseconds Master IP Address DNP TCP or UDP Defines the IP address of the master SCADA device that will be polling the TESLA This prevents unauthorized master devices from communicating with the TESLA Note This setting does not control IP address of the TESLA s Ethernet card That is done through the recorder s Maintenance Menu Make sure the Master IP Address is different from the TESLA IP Address DNP TCP or UDP Defines the TCP or UDP port on which the DNP service may be accessed Usua
303. t Utility 11 3 Excel CSV Format CSV Export Settings Fa Export to Browse data Nina s Recorder Records2001 01 24 16 14 45 00021 csv Station Name Identification Station Header Text Version Simple v Location comer Name Station Number 1 Unitld Node1 a Format x fasci z Low Speed B0 sec Exported Channels Element Va tst_Val_1 Magnitud 4 Element Va tst Val 1 Phase Element1 vb tst bl 1 Magnitud Element1 vb tst Vbl 1 Phase Element vc tst Vel 1 Magnitud Elementi vc tst Ve 1 Phase Elementi la tst lal 1 Magnitude Elementi la tst lal 1 Phase Unused Rec Chan Magnitude Unused Rec Chan Phase z 72 Element1 Va tst Val 1 Magnitude Element1 Va tst_ al_1 Phase Element vb tst Vb1 1 Magnitude 4 Offset negative start times to begin at zero OK Cancel Figure 11 4 Excel CSV Settings The Excel CSV Comma Separated Value format is used to import records into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet This format is also known as comma de limited ASCII and can generally be used by most programs that import data ar rays Excel CSV export produces a single output file with a csv extension which is recognized by Excel Excel is automatically launched when you double click on file Table 11 3 CSV Export Settings Name Function Export to The base filename and directory of the output files are set using the Export to option By default the base filename is the sa
304. t baud rate for the recorder USB Port 450 is 115200 however to double check it login to the recorder display and go to Main Menu gt System gt Recorder Comm Setup To establish a USB link between the recorder and your computer connect your computer s USB port and Port 450 on the recorder s front panel Use a standard USB peripheral cable 1 Ensure the recorder port and your PC s port have the same baud rate and communication parameters e The recorder s USB port appears as a serial port to the PC and is fixed at 8 data bits no parity and 1 stop bit and has a default baud rates of 115 200 bauds e The baud rate and communication parameters of your computer s USB port is set automatically by TESLA Control Panel Edit IED gt Commu nication gt Direct Serial Link 2 Choose the target recorder from the Select IED list in TESLA Control Pan el s Main Menu e If there is not already an entry for this recorder create one using the Add New button e The method of communication with the recorder is specified as part of its IED definition Use the Edit button to view or change this informa tion Ensure the Direct Serial Link option is selected e For details on IED definitions see Working with TESLA Control Pan el on page 5 1 3 Initiate the connection by selecting the Connect button e A dialog box will appear to show connection progress e The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on
305. t negative start times to begin at zero TESLA LITE User Manual When checked this option shifts the negative time to start from zero D03283R01 02 12 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling 12 1 Maintenance Menu TESLA LITE has a set of utilities that provide diagnostic recovery and TCP IP services These utilities are available through the Maintenance Menu ac cessed with a VT 100 terminal connection to the recorder s serial port modem Ethernet LAN or USB port For security purposes any utilities that can modify the TESLA LITE are disabled when connecting remotely To access these util ities you must connect to the recorder using Port 450 on the unit s front panel Any terminal program that fully supports VT 100 emulation and provides z modem file transfer services can be used HyperTerminal which is included in Windows XP and 1s also available separately as HyperTerminal PE is used here as an example 1 Determine how you want to connect to the recorder e USB connection e A direct serial link connects your computer s serial port to the recorder s rear panel Port 405 Port 405 is set up so that a standard straight through male to female serial cable can be used e If both the recorder and your computer have modems you can access the Maintenance Menu through the telephone system e If both the recorder and your computer are on the same LAN or WAN you can access the Maintenance Menu through your network
306. ta TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 7 Recorder Setup Utilities Table 7 3 Recording Settings High Speed Recording Trigger Mode Select Edge or Duration mode See above for descriptions Sample Rate Displays the configured high speed sample rate of 96 samples per cycle Pre trigger Time The length of data that is recorded prior to the trigger time At least 0 1 seconds of pre trigger time is recommended to ensure the trig gering event is included in the records Normal Record Normal Record Length Edge Mode is the total length of the record Length including pre trigger data without any record extension Post Trigger Time Post Trigger Time Duration Mode is the length of data that is cap tured after the falling edge of trigger event Maximum Record Edge Mode The maximum length of the record including pre trigger Length post trigger and extensions To enable record auto extension for mul tiple triggers the Maximum record Length must be larger than the Normal Record Duration Mode The maximum length of the record including pre trig ger trigger and post trigger Low Speed Recording Sample Rate Samples at 50 or 60 samples second 1 sample cycle producing record lengths of a few minutes to capture slower system dynamic swings The sample rate for low speed recording is based on the recorder s system frequency which is a factory setting Pre trigger Time The length of data pr
307. ta points are user selectable the data points available in the device for any given Binary Input point selection can be obtained through the TESLA Control Panel software see SCADA Setting Summary Point Default Class Name for Name for Assigned to Events State when State when Description Index 1 2 3 or none value is 0 value is 1 0 External Input 1 1 Inactive Active 1 External Input 2 1 Inactive Active 2 External Input 3 1 Inactive Active 3 External Input 4 1 Inactive Active Appendix E 12 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Point Index Default Class Assigned to Events 1 2 3 or none Name for State when value is 0 Name for State when value is 1 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Description External Input 5 1 Inactive Active External Input 6 1 Inactive Active External Input 7 1 Inactive Active External Input 8 1 Inactive Active External Input 9 1 Inactive Active External Input 10 1 Inactive Active External Input 11 1 Inactive Active External Input 12 1 Inactive Active External Input 13 1 Inactive Active External Input 14 1 Inactive Active External Input 15 1 Inactive Active External Input 16 1 Inactive Active External Input17 1 Inactive Active External Input 18 1 Inactive Active External Input19 1 Inactive Active External Input 20 1 Inactive Active External Input 21 1 In
308. tailed specifications for the DNP 3 and Modbus communications are pro vided in the respective appendices TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 Logging Fault Location User Interface Analysis Tools Output Contacts D03283R01 02 1 Overview e 250 entry event log circular e 15 day long term event log e Voltage sag and swell logging e Automatic fault location on up to 5 lines e Fault location data available in the event log in recordings and through SCADA e Intuitive power system element model simplifies complex configurations e Integrated record and configuration management tools e Offline mode allows records to be viewed and configurations created without connecting to the recorder e Record display shows record summaries with trigger event lists so that a pre liminary evaluation can be made before the record is transferred e Real time metering display shows all input and calculated quantities in user customizable layouts e Recorder configuration and relevant event information is embedded in each record e Record graphics provide a flexible multi page interactive display and meas urement of all channels including calculated ones e COMTRADE record export facility e Up to 5 user configurable output contacts can be activated by triggers e Cross trigger contact can activate other devices e Failure Service Required contact TESLA LITE User Manual 1 3 1 Overview Communication Front USB 2 0 interfac
309. tch 10285 Off no change On change External I P 30 Change latch 10286 Off no change On change External I P 31 Change latch 10287 Off no change On change External I P 32 Change latch 10288 Off no change On change External I P 33 Change latch 10289 Off no change On change External I P 34 Change latch 10290 Off no change On change External I P 35 Change latch 10291 Off no change On change External I P 36 Change latch 10292 Off no change On change TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix D 3 Appendix D Modbus Functions Appendix D 4 External I P 37 Change latch 10293 0 Off no change 1 On change External I P 38 Change latch 10294 0 Off no change Read Holding Register Function Code 03 4X References 1 On change Channel Address Value Scaled up by Tesla Clock Time UTC Read all in same query to ensure consistent time reading data Milliseconds Now 40001 0 999 1 Seconds Now 40002 0 59 1 Minutes Now 40003 0 59 1 Hours Now 40004 0 23 1 Day of Year Now 40005 1 365 up to 366 if leap year 1 Years since 1900 40006 90 137 1 Sync d to IRIG B 40007 0 No 1 Yes 1 Time of Acguisition UTC Read all in same guery to ensure consistent time reading data Milliseconds Acguisition 40008 0 999 1 Seconds Acguisition 40009 0 59 1 Minutes Acguisition 40010 0 59 1 Hours
310. the Windows status bar at the bottom of the screen Status Bar shows TESLA Control Panel software is connected to the recorder and the name of the Current IED Main Menu TE SLA Control Panel pro IE D A ESLA Dane ne Eat i D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 4 7 4 Communicating with the Recorder Figure 4 5 Status Bar If the connection fails check the following e The communication parameters are the same on both ends see Step 1 above e The correct serial port has been selected on your computer Some newer laptop computers do not have serial ports A USB serial converter adapter can provide a surrogate serial port for a direct connection to the TESLA recorder The Edgeport USB Serial Adapter model Edgeport 1 from B amp B Electronics www bbelec com is an example of such a device 4 6 Direct Serial Link Your PC must be appropriately configured for serial communication see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 Port 405 direct modem Laptop PC Figure 4 6 Direct Serial Link To create a serial link between the recorder and your computer connect your computer s serial port and Port 405 on the recorder s rear panel The serial ports are configured as EIR RS 232 Data Communications Equip ment DCE devices with female DB9 connectors This allows them to be con nected directly to a PC serial port with standard straight through male to female serial cable for pin out for
311. the corresponding change event object As stated in the DNP specifications the variation of the response object repre sents the length of the string The string represents the ASCII values of the event text The first two characters in the string can be used to quickly identify fault location events Fault locator events begin with the characters FL 0x46 0x4C hex The following example shows a fault distance event re turned through either of the octet string objects Event Message FL2000Sep21 20 16 16 966 Line 16 FLoc BG 39 7 miles DNP Octet string object components D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Appendix E 27 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile Implementation Table The following implementation table identifies which object groups and varia tions function codes and qualifiers the device supports in both requests and re sponses The Request columns identify all requests that are parsed by an Outstation The Response columns identify all responses that may be sent by an Outstation The implementation table lists all functionality required by the device Outsta tion as defined within the DNP3 IED Conformance Test Procedures Any func tionality beyond the highest subset level supported is indicated by highlighted rows Any Object Groups not provided by an outstation are indicated by strike through note these Object Groups will still be parsed Request Outstation parses Res
312. the installation process or select Start gt Program Files gt ERLPhase gt TESLA Control Panel TESLA Control Panel uses a data location on your computer to store records and settings from your recorders By default it 1s C Program Files Nxt Phase Data although you may change this later by using the File Data Loca tion command from the Main Menu When you change the data location previously configured IEDs will not be affected Only newly created IEDs will use the new data loca tion To edit the data location of existing IEDs use the Main Menu Edit button Note that recent Microsoft Windows security updates prevent non Administrative user accounts from storing data under c program files it may be necessary to change the default record and config storage locations for the IEDs hs TESLA Control Panel Main Menu lj x File View Help Data Location i Select IED Exit TESLA Demo Unit Delete Add New Exit Main Menu Current IED TESLA Demo Unit Disconnected Figure 3 4 Data Location TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 1 Communication Ports The TESLA recorder has multiple communication ports for local and remote access to its user interface and SCADA services For port pin out and cabling information see Communication Port Details on page 4 18 Table 4 1 Communication Ports Location Function RJ 45 receptacle 100BASE T
313. tings 7 5 Time Display and Settings 7 9 Analog Input Calibration 7 11 NOUN enaena oje A bed oves le seen 7 13 Password Protection sina ie zbolele 7 15 8 Configuring the Recorder 8 1 Managing Configuration Files 8 1 Contiguratiofi EGIOF ts disi kao aaa 8 4 IGENUNCAMONM ersa NSE N 8 5 Channels and Triggers 8 6 Analog Input Channels a 8 15 External Input Channels 8 19 Summation Channel ccccscccsececseeccseeseeeceseeseeees 8 21 Sequence Component Channels 8 24 Impedance Channels eriein 8 27 Watts and Vars Channels 8 30 Frequency Channels nn 8 33 LOGIE FUNCIONS sna jao E ar dalje obe jeni 8 35 Fault Locator FUNCTIONS 8 38 Power Factor FUNCTIONS sisirin aaa 8 40 Meter GrOUDS ana oo ee a bel 8 43 Tend LOGIN Gana na iu a RUM ene 8 44 PANUNG snarare AM ii 8 46 9 Record and Log Management 9 1 ERS CONG aia seen EI A A a 9 1 MENO MOJ css fae a a ee ae tria 2d 9 4 Event LOiresinre nn E 9 6 10 Graphing Records ne 10 1 Getting o tarle s na ee pose
314. tion of metering screens can be adjusted using the Zoom Level control This allows the display to be enlarged for easy viewing while com missioning or testing The Freeze button provides a way to temporarily stop the update of the display It can be used to ensure a synchronized set of readings for documentation pur poses The metering display can be exported to another program using Win dows built in Alt PrintScreen key and standard paste functions Phase angle readings displayed in meter groups are based on the configured Phase Angle Reference Channel see Phase Angle Ref erence Channel on page 8 10 TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 7 Recorder Setup Utilities D03283R01 02 The TESLA recorder has global setup parameters that establish its identity and define its operation Setup parameters define Unit identification Communication port parameters Record length and mode settings Time display and settings Analog input calibration Central Station trigger and record notification Passwords Unit Identification identification Model 4001 LITE serial Number TESLA 4001 110518 03 Unit ID TeslaLtet5 0000 IED Firmware Version wO 03 Required Settings Version 401 Communication Version 403 System Frequency 60 Hz Station Station Name PO station Number Location Figure 7 1 Recorder Setup Utilities The setup parameters are accessed through the Utilities tab on TES LA Control Panel You m
315. tion parameters are the same on both ends see Step 1 above e The correct serial port has been selected on your computer TESLA LITE User Manual 4 9 4 Communicating with the Recorder 4 7 Modem Link External Modem Your PC must be appropriately configured for modem communica tion see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 Analog Telephone Line Analog Port 405 Direct Modem Telephone Telephone Line OKO Modem Desktop Computer Figure 4 8 Modem Link External Using an external modem you can also access the recorders s user interface through a telephone link between the recorder and your computer Recorder Setup 1 Connect a PC compatible external serial modem to Port 405 on the rear of the recorder e The cable between the recorder and the modem requires a crossover and a gender change as both devices are configured as RS 232 DCE ports e You can use the ERLPhase Modem Port Adapter part 101629 to make the recorder s Port 405 appear as a DTE like a PC serial port A standard modem cable can then be used to connect to the recorder e For port pin out and cabling information see Communication Port De tails on page 4 18 e If the unit has an internal modem an external modem will not work 2 Connect the modem to an analog telephone line or switch and turn it on e A standard telephone cable with an RJ 11 connector is used 3 Configure the recorder s Port 405 to work with the mo
316. tion to select user defined colors for A B and C phase voltages and currents When the colors are selected the channels are automatically identi fied based on the color The default values for A B and C phase quantities are red blue and green respectively Options gt Set Precision UM RecordGraph 4 la x File View Graph Measure Scale Options Help alalla lt Default gt Calculate Derived Ghannels Now d Al E x 2 gls Bl td a al NI m aj EI recordemol tir Show Grid E High Speed Channels Show X AxisTicks SE Analog Show Legends A TRACD XVacVak Show Trigger Marker y TRACD XIn Lock Markers A TRACD XJe AV TRACD X Ib y TR4CD X la Set Phase Colors Ay TR4CD Y Vac Vat Ay TR4CD Y In 5 A TRACD Y le AV TRACD Y Ib A TRACD Y la A TR4AB X Vac Vab A TRAABXIN A TRAABXJE AV TR44B X Ib A TRAABX la y Mise ln TR18CD X In m Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb ar Misc ln TR17AB X In at Misc In TR174B Y In A TR4AB Y Vac Vab y TR4AB Y In A TRAAB Y Ic aY TR44B Y lb A TRAABY la y Unit Va Unit 4 Va A Unit 4 Vb Unit 4 Vb y Unit 4 Ve Unit 4 Ve y Unit 4 la Unit 4 la My Unit 4 1b Unit 4 Ib A Unit 4 le Unit 4 le A Misc In TRI8CD Y y Misc Vac Bus 4G Vbe y Misc Vac Bus 4F Vbe y Misc Vac Bus 4E Vbo y Misc Vac Bus 4J Vbe Seconds 0 050 Kolena Unit 4 Vac Unit 4 Yn D s ki Analog Input36 ond elj 40 0271 s H External Ce ad CI recordemo1 tir 1999 06 25 18 24 31 484
317. tions are available e Print pops up a print option dialog box to select paper size orientation and other options e PrintDirect sends active view directly to the default printer e PrintAll sends all the views directly to the default printer e Print Preview displays standard preview window D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 10 79 11 Record Export Utility D03283R01 02 The record export utility lets you convert records into different formats for use with other software tools COMTRADE Common Format for Transient Data Exchange COMTRADE 1s an industry standard record format used to share data between tools and to replay faults through a test set The export utility supports both ASCII and binary COM TRADE formats and creates output that complies with the latest 2000 and 1999 or older version 1991 of the standard PTI Power Technologies Incorporated PTI produces widely used power system modelling tools TESLA records can be exported in a PTI compliant format for import into PTI tools The export utility supports ASCII format and creates output that complies with PTI version 1 or version 2 formats Excel CSV TESLA LITE records can be exported in basic comma separated values also known as comma delimited ASCII format suitable for importing into standard tools such as Microsoft Excel TESLA LITE User Manual 11 1 11 Record Export Utility Launch the Export Utility To launch the export
318. tle 10 62 window time control 10 47 zoom 10 35 Index H harmonics 10 21 l identification 8 5 impedance channel 8 28 impedance channels 8 27 install on Windows 2000 3 5 install on Windows XP 3 2 installation 1 1 installing TESLA 3 1 IRIG B time input 4 2 IRIG B time signal 2 2 L logic functions 8 35 8 36 M maintenance menu 12 1 maintenance menu commands 12 3 maintenance menu error handling 12 5 measure menus 10 20 10 21 meter groups 8 43 metering 6 1 MODBUS 8 46 modem external 4 10 internal 4 12 LAN gateway 4 12 modem link 4 10 mount TESLA recorder 2 1 N navigating TESLA 5 6 notify 7 13 notify settings 7 14 O offline operation 5 5 online operation 5 5 options menus 10 26 10 27 10 28 10 29 out of range 7 12 P password protection 7 15 setting 7 15 phase angle reference channel 8 10 power factor functions 8 40 8 41 settings 8 41 power supply 2 1 print configuration 8 46 SCADA address list 8 46 TESLA LITE User Manual printing 8 46 R rear connections 1 5 record filter 9 1 lists 9 1 summary 9 2 recorder workspace 5 1 RecordGraph components 10 4 graphs 10 34 help menus 10 30 import file 10 10 launch 10 3 menus 10 5 10 6 print 10 7 10 8 10 9 tool bar 10 30 view add 10 32 view delete 10 32 view rename 10 33 views 10 32 RecordGraph launch 10 1 recordings stored 9 3 records 9 1 refresh 9 3 rename 9 3 S sag and swell 8 18 SCADA services 4 13 scale menus 1
319. ts 50 Biera haus NI RNI Seg functi 1 High High Magnitude 65 0 03333 sec V Iv Low Magnitude 45 0 03333 sec E Vv z 4 i Negative Rate ofChange 0 Hz 0 03333 sec E E O Positive Rate of Change 0 Hz SavelClose TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current JED TESLA LITE Connected Figure 8 19 Frequency Channel Configuration Screen Table 8 14 Frequency Channel Settings Frequency derived Identifies the analog input channel on which to measure frequency A from voltage channel is recommended for best results Trigger Settings Rate of Change Specifies the period of time over which both positive and negative rate Interval of change is measured 0 5 to 8 0 cycles Limit Specifies the trigger levels for the magnitude triggers and the magni tude portion of the rate for the rate of change triggers The period por tion of the rate is specified by the Rate of Change Interval The high magnitude limit is 7 6 x nominal frequency low magnitude limit is 5 6 x nominal frequency Specifies how long the trigger condition must be present before a trig ger is declared 0 0333 2 cycles to 1 200 seconds in half cycle incre ments Trigger Actions Enable Enables or disables the associated trigger A trigger can be disabled without altering the rest of its settings Fault Initiates a fault high speed recording when triggered Swing Initiates a swing low speed recording whe
320. uence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 Negative Appendix E 22 TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 Appendix E DNP3 Device Profile D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual Transmitted Value Scaling x K Default Class Resolution Assigned to ie 6 Multiplier mee Events Minimum Maximum default range Offset default Description S 1 2 3 or none maximal Seguence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 2 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 2 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 2 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 3 Positive Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 3 Negative Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 3 Zero Sequence Function 2 0 Configurable 0 1 0 00001 1 0 0 0 Configur
321. ult Trig ger Swing or Trigger Both buttons these new records do not displace the ear liest fetch displayed file records in the tree Record timestamps are received from the recorder are in UTC and are converted to local time using the Time Zone and Daylight Saving settings of the computer running TESLA Control Panel D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 9 1 9 Record and Log Management Record Summary Get Remote Summaries Get Remote Events Autopoll Autoprint Graph Get from IED Get from IED and Delete Save As Export 9 2 The right side of the Records tab shows summary information on the selected record The summary includes the list of events which occurred during the time span of the record from the recorder s event log For cooperative group records the event list cannot be displayed until the re cords have been transferred to TESLA Control Panel and combined When both Get Remote Summaries and Get Remote Events options are checked Control Panel accesses and displays the corresponding recording in formation in the Record Summary and Events sections of the right hand pane Y ou may eliminate the delay involved in accessing this information by dis abling the corresponding check boxes When Autopoll is checked Control Panel will periodically default 60 seconds poll the connected TESLA LITE recorder for new record files and automati cally transfer them to the local computer Newest records will be tr
322. ust be communicating with the IED for the Utilities tab to be available For details on connecting to the recorder using TESLA Control Panel software see Communicating with the Recorder on page 4 1 TESLA LITE User Manual 7 1 7 Recorder Setup Utilities 7 1 Unit Identification The Unit Identification tab identifies a particular recorder and its records Dou ble click Utilities to bring up the tabs select Unit Identification Unit klentification identification Model 4001 LITE serial Number TESLA4001 110518 03 Unit 1D Teslalitet5 OO JED Firmware Version w003 Required Settings Version 401 Communication Version A03 System Frequency 60 Hz Station Mame Station Number Location Figure 7 2 Recorder Setup Utilities Unit Identification Table 7 1 Unit Identification Settings Identification Serial Number Read only field displays the serial number of the TESLA unit cur rently connected Unit ID User entered field that identifies the unit It is part of the name given to records produced by the unit to identify their origin By convention this name should be the same as the IED Name assigned to the recorder and recorder s workspace The name must not contain the following P A or any other character not valid for a Windows file name IED Firmware Read only field that displays the firmware version of the currently Version connected TESLA unit Required Setting
323. ute time unsynchronized Time Delay Coarse 129 response 1304unsol esp 129 response 07 limited qty qty 1 07 limited qty qty 1 Timo delav Fi Class Objects Class 0 data 06 no range or all 129 response 129 response ety 00 01 start stop Class Objects Class 1 data 06 no range or all 129 response 17 28 index Class Objects Class 2 data 06 no range or all 129 response 17 28 index Class Objects Class 3 data Internal Indications Packet format Octet string Octet string event No Object function code only 13 cold restart 06 no range or all 00 start stop index 7 06 no range or all 06 no range or all 129 response 129 response 129 response 129 response 129 response 17 28 index 07 limited qty 07 limited qty No Object function code only 14 warm restart 129 response No Object function code only Appendix E 30 23 delay meas TESLA LITE User Manual 129 response D03283R01 02 Appendix F TESLA LITE Handling and Unpacking Long Term Storage Final Disposition D03283R01 02 Disposition To unpack a TESLA LITE System Unit e Open the bottom of the box e Place the box on the floor or a secure table e Lift the box off of the unit leaving the TESLA LITE and packing material standing intact e Remov
324. utilities sub menu 9 Monitor SCADA Shows real time display of Modbus or DNP 3 data 10 Save recent trend data TESLA LITE User Manual Saves any accumulated Trend Data that hasn t yet been saved to disk This should be executed prior to 7 Force Hardware Reset if trend logging is enabled 12 3 12 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling Table 12 2 Menu Commands 11 Enter safe shutdown mode Suspends TESLA LITE application 12 Modify point to point IP addresses Modify point to point addresses used for TCP IP communi cation over serial or modem connection 13 Calibrate DSP clock Performs DSP clock calibration 14 Exit Logs off as Maintenance user Table 12 3 Network Utilities Menu Commands View protocol statistics View IP TCP and UDP statistics View active socket states View current states of active sockets View routing tables View routing tables View MAC address View MAC address Flush gateway entries Flush the routing tables of all gateway entries Ping Check network connection to given point Enable disable packet for warding Enable or disable TCP packets forwarding Exit network utilities Exit network utilities menu and return to maintenance menu commands 12 4 TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 12 Maintenance Menu and Error Handling 12 2 Error Handling Failure Contact Failure Handling D03283R0
325. utility 1 Double click Records from the Main Menu 2 Select a local record from the record list 3 Select the Export button to launch the Export window 4 Select the desired export output format and select OK Step 3 Click on the Step 2 Select a record Export button to Step 4 Choose export rom thelist launch export window type and OK TESLA Control Panel Records Record Fier Z Get Remote Summaries IV Get Remote Events 28 03 10 01 175F 1 thr M Atop F Record Priority 1 Records hom Tesislite15 2012 02 23 2012 02 28 OnlED Teslalite15 201202 28 10 48 10 791 Teslalite15 2012 02 28 08 59 44 233 TeslaLite15 2012 02 28 00 43 28 633 A gt TeslaLite15 2012 02 28 08 42 59 383 Teslalite15 2012 02 28 08 27 50 816 klaci export fila iyoa TestaLite15 2012 02 28 05 00 04 841 TeslaLite15 2012 02 28 03 36 18 708 TestaL ite15 2012 02 28 03 35 26 825 Testal ite1 2012 02 28 03 31 10 425 Teslalite15 2012 02 28 02 30 02 566 TeslaLite15 2012 02 28 03 10 01 175 Le COMTRADE z 2012 02 28 10 48 10 791F 1 COMTBAD N 2012 02 28 03 10 01 175F1 COMTRADE m 1999 06 25 Excell CS Select export file type e Step 1 Double click Records from the Current IED Teslalte15 Main Menu Figure 11 1 Select Export File Type TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01 02 11 Record Export Utility 11 1 COMTRADE Format COMTRADE Export Settings Export to Je Program Files apt dataNina s
326. writes a message into the Event Log identifying the time the Element the faulted type e g A B B G and the distance to fault The output of the Fault Locator Function is available through SCADA It can not be metered or trended TESLA LITE User Manual DO3283R01 02 8 Configuring the Recorder Settings MN TESLA Control Panel Config Ec pam sce x File Edit Config View Help TESLA Fault Locator Configuration Element Type Description Fault Locator Index DNP Configuration NewHement FLoc 1 z O Channels intiatingEvent lt unassigned gt o gt EC el Analog Inputs Initiating Event should have a 1 5 cycle pickup delay to HO Extemal Inputs get accurate fault location results GO Seq i z SL Semnence Functions PhaseAVots ansssine gt y is O Watts Vars Functions phase B vots zunassignes zl summation O O NewElement PhaseCVolts lt unassined gt o y Impedance Functions Watts Vars Functions SC lesk Farian Phase AAmps lt unassigned gt aO Fault Locators Phase B Amps lt unassigned gt Gre O Frequency 1 Phase C Amps lt unassigned gt H O Meter Groups O Trend Pos Sequence Impedance 0 j o Zero Seguence impedance 0 j o Line Lenotn 0 km 4 gt Show Channel Tree Hide Tree Main Menu Records Trends Events Metering Utilities TESLA Control Panel v0 02 Current IED TESLA LITE Connected v
327. x will appear to show connection progress e The connection state and the current IED you are connected to is shown on the Windows status bar lt TESLA Comiioi Ponal Mati Manu TESLA Cartel Pari urea Recon Tarii Testa LITE Demo iri Figure 4 3 Connect Button Dialog Box 4 5 USB Link Your PC must be appropriately configured for USB communication see TESLA Control Panel Installation on page 3 1 Port 450 USB Laptop PC Figure 4 4 USB Link To create an USB link between the recorder and the computer first the USB driver for the ERLPhase 4000 Series Device needs to be installed as follows Unzip the file can be obtained from ERL web site ERLPhase USB driver zip D03283R01 02 TESLA LITE User Manual 4 5 4 Communicating with the Recorder In this case we assume you unzipped to the Desktop In Windows XP or Windows 7 Connect a USB port of the PC to Port 450 USB front of the TESLA 4000 The TESLA 4000 was already powered on In the window Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard Can Windows connect to Windows Update to search for software Check the option No not this time In the window This wizard helps you install software for ERLPhase 4000 Series Device What do you want the wizard to do Check the option Install from a list or specific location Advanced In the window Please choose your search and installation options Search for the best driver in these

TESLA LITE User Manual D03283R01.02.book

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents